How To Understand And Understand The Theory Of Business Research

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "How To Understand And Understand The Theory Of Business Research"

Transcription

1 2013 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Undergraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

2 CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION... 2 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY... 4 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF... 5 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF... 6 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES BAdmin (Full-Time) BAdmin (Part-Time) BCom Full-Time Curriculum BCom Part-Time Curriculum BCom 4-year Extended Curriculum BCom (Fianancial Accounting) BCom (Accounting) BCom (Accounting) 4-year Extended Curriculum BCom (Law) BEcon (LED) Certificate in Economic Development (CED) MODULE DESCRIPTORS Extended Curriculla Business Analysis Accounting Academic Literacy for Commerce Accounting Related Subjects Economics Fair Share (CED) Industrial Psychology Information Systems School of Business and Finance Law Faculty Module Descriptors Political Studies Public Administration Quantitative Skills for Accounting Quantitative Skills for Commerce Quantitative Skills Foundation Quantitative Skills for Literacy Mathematical & Statistical Sciences Business Statistics

3 GENERAL INFORMATION CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Ms L Kamffer Faculty Manager Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0) Fax: +27 (0) / [email protected] CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard +27 (0) UWC Call Centre +27 (0) /1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0) THE UNIVERSITY S WEBSITE: GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)

4 CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9 General Information Faculty of Science Faculty of Arts (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Education Faculty of Dentistry Faculty of Law Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Schedule of Fees A separate publication containing the Faculty s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the Faculty Office. Students may also access this information via the student portal. PLEASE NOTE: All prospective EMS students will be required to write The National Benchmarking test, which is an admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: 3

5 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY DEGREES Bachelor of Administration Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Law Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics Bachelor of Administration (Honours) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management Bachelor of Economics (Honours) Master of Administration Master of Economics Master of Commerce Master of Public Administration Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) Doctor of Philosophy BAdmin BCom BCom (Acc) BCom (FinAcc) BCom (Law) BEcon (LED) BAdmin (Hons) BCom (Hons) BComHons(Finance) BComHons(Management) BEcon (Hons) MAdmin MEcon MCom MPA MPhil (LAS) PhD DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES Advanced Diploma in Management Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Management Postgraduate Diploma in Finance Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies Certificate in Economic Development AdvDip (Management) AdvDip (Management) (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Financial Planning) ADPA PGDip(Management) PGDip (Finance) PGDip (LAS) CED ACCESS PROGRAMMES Management Development Programme Senior Management Development Programme Programme in Economic Principles Programme in Economic Principles and Policy MDP SMDP PEP I PEPP II 4

6 FACULTY BOARD FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio) Proffs: C Tapscott, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, B Cousins,A du Toit, LER De Vries, M Esau, LCH Fourie, W Geach, S Gool, R Hall, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, I Ille, L Loxton, L Piper, LJ Loots, CJJ Mphaisha, J Pretorius, R Rena, L Thompson, DJ Visser, JJ Williams Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, A Erwin, R Pellesier, M November Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, KA Gottschalk, M Aliber, T Leuscher-Mamashela Drs: C Africa, TO Ajilore, LA Bosman, G Davids, D Desai, H Duh, A Hsieh, M Isaacs, E Makaudze, N Mashiyi, J May, V McGhie, Z Mitrovic, V Naicker, J Njenga, R Peters, L Pretorius Messrs: RG Arendse, K Bafo, A Bayat, P Brijlal, G Caseley, T Combrinck, G Hearn, P Hamel, K Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, J Jansen, C Melzer, ER Mentoor, R Oliver, E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman,, G Thaver, G van Rooyen, L Weber, K Yu Mmes: A Bayat, C Christians, M du Plessis, D Hamman-Fisher, C Hoorn, A Noordien, L Kamffer, R Jano, L Lorente-Quesada, M Moses, M Otto, J Pretorius, P Pugin, B Raymond, N Myburg, J Lawrence, G Hans, L Ndesi, L Uys, J van den Berg, Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Faculty of Science: Faculty of Education: Advocate G F Kotze Mr A Latief Prof J Smith FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean: Deputy Dean - Research: Deputy Dean Academic: Faculty Manager: Senior Faculty Officer: Faculty Officers: Administrative Officer: Administrative Assistants: Dean s Secretary: Dean s Administrative Assistant: Faculty Manager s Administrative Assistant: Vacant L Piper, PhD (Cambridge) M Esau, PhD (Western Cape) L Kamffer, BCom (Hons) (Pretoria), MCom (South Africa) (Cum Laude) C Hoorn, (BAdmin) (Hons) (Western Cape) G Hobyani, (ADM) (Western Cape), (Hons) (Western Cape) M Engel C Pharoah, (Nat Dipl) (Cape Peninsula UT) Vacant P Dibela, (BCom) (Western Cape) M Delport S Van der Schyff Vacant L Naude (Dip: Adult Education) (Cape Town) 5

7 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF (Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*)) ACCOUNTING Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: P Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Marks Administrators: Pilot Thuthuka Student Coordinator: *L Loxton B.SC, B Acc (Hons), MBA, CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA) WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, CTA, FCIS, CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA, Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA) O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA) AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) B Raymond, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), CA (SA) J Jansen, BCom (Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA) J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA) L Weber, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA) J Pretorius, BCom (Acc) (Rhodes), BCom (Hons) (Natal), MCom (NMMU), CA (SA) L Uys, Masters (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape) RG Arendse, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) E Pullen, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA) C Jacobs-Williams, Business Computing, and Secretarial Diploma (Rosebank College) E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT) S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) C Trueman, HR Diploma (Rosebank College) ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer: Teaching & Learning Specialist: Senior Lecturer (Linguistics): Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Marks Administrator: MD November, (Hons), BA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London), MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA), PhD (UCLA) *N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL) (Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD (Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria) VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics) (Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (Stellenbosch) L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MTh (Western Cape) Liesl Svenson - BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) Kashiefa Mobarak - (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC Quintin Paulsen - Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC) R May R Kriel 6

8 4-YEAR EXTENDED PROGRAMME Lecturers: CW Melzer, MBA (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (Cape Town) Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape), B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L. J F Abongdia, MA (Linguisitics) (Western Cape), MA (American Literature) (Yaonde, Cameroon), Linguistics (Hons) (Western Cape), Advanced Teachers Diploma (Yaounde, Cameroon), BA (English/English Literature) (Yaounde, Cameroon) Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV); MCom (Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa Cum Laude R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) N Myburgh, BSc, MSc (Mathematics Education) (Western Cape) G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) G Hans, BEd (Hons) (Psychology), BA, BA (Hons), (Western Cape) E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing (apt) EMS STUDENT SUPPORT AND RESEARCH UNIT (ESSRU) Unit Coordinator: Administrator: M du Preez L Wildschutt SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Acting Director: Mauerberger Chair in Finance: Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: *R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL (South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg) S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape), MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial Analyst P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT) DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) (FIAC) L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA (Stellenbosch) Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape) EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape) V Naicker, ADM, MCom, PhD (Western Cape) P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville) H Duh, BCom (University of Uyo, Nigeria), BCom (Hons), MCom (Witwatersrand) T Combrinck, HDE, Bed, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) P Pugin, (BCom) (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) 7

9 Customer Relations Officer: Tutor Coordinator: Administrators: G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa) Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (National Univ of Science & Tech) Vacant M Bam D Arendse BTech (CPUT) M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape) F Jasson, BA (Western Cape) D Dowman ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) Coordinator: Vacant AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE) Director/Professor: Administrator: L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) Vacant ECONOMICS Professors: Associate Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Undergraduate Administrator: Secretary: Administrative Assistant: *LJ Loots, BCom (RAU), BCom (Econ) (Hons) (RAU), DDE (Cantab) Rena, BA (Kakatiya), MA (Econ) (Osmania), BED (Annamalai), MPhil (Osmania), LLB (Kakatiya), PhD (Osmania) Cum Laude TO Ajilore, BSc (Obafemi Awolowo), MSc (Econ) (Obafemi Awolowo), PhD (Obafemi Awolowo) E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A & M), MA (OSU), PhD (OSU) M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (Western Cape) A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Econ) (William's College) KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch) C Christians, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town), BEcon (Hons) (Western Cape) C Dilgee N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town) C Arnold INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon (Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South Africa (HPCSA) Vacant *LA Bosman, BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch), Hons B (B&A) (Stellenbosch), DCom (UPE), P/G Dipl (Adv 8

10 Lecturers: Marks Administrator: Secretary: Labour Law) (RAU) Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA) K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin (Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human Resource Practitioner (SABPP) R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Master HR: Educator and Training (SABPP) D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Western Cape) M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) K Hendricks, BA, B Com (Hons) (Western Cape) D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) INFORMATION SYSTEMS Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Dept Administrator: Post-grad Administrator: Undergrad Administrator: *LCH Fourie, BA, BTh, MTh, LTh, DTh (Stellenbosch), MBA (Potchefstroom) Z Mitrovic, MCom (IM) (Western Cape), DTech (Cape Peninsula UT) JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom (IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture) US (MSAIF) C Cebindevu, BAdmin (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (UKZN) W Mwaba, BA (North West) A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape) LAW FACULTY Mercantile Law and Labour Law Head of Department: Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM (Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD (Western Cape) MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM (Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High Court of SA E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA 9

11 Employment Law: Company Law: Social Security Law: Public Law: F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town), Attorny of the High Court of SA P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of the High Court of SA G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law (Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA B Conradie K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) POLITICAL STUDIES Professor: Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer: Senior Lecturer Lecturer: Associate Lecturer: Administrator: L Piper PhD (Cambridge) J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge) B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil (University of Essex) KA Gottschalk, BA (Hons) (Cape Town) T Luescher-Mamashela PhD (Cape Town) *C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town) MK Bafo, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) GC van Rooyen, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) R Leith, BA (Hons) (Pretoria) S Kuo, PhD (Rhodes) JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) Nadia Jansen MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professors: Extra-Ordinary Profs: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Senior Officer: Officers: Administrative Assistant: Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House) RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town) F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth) J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London) N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town) E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna) K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India) M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town) MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town) W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University) MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape) B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape) A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape) F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape) J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape) GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House) STATISTICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome) 10

12 Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Prof: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Chief Officers: Senior Officer: C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans University) D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa), MBL (South Africa) RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) R Shell, PhD (Yale) H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania University) G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris, Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo) A Latief, MSc (Western Cape) N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu Bordeaux IV N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape) L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc (Cape Town) R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT Acting Director/Senior Professor: Professor: Extra-ordinary Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturer: Admin Officer: Librarian: Training Division Manager: Administrator: Finance Manager: Administrator: P/G Programme Coordinator: CJJ Mphaisha, BA (Merit) (Zambia), MPA, PhD, (Pittsburgh) L Thompson, BA (Stellenbosch), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (Johns Hopkins, USA) JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum Laude), MA (UWC), MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA) CJJ Mphaisha, BA (Merit) (Zambia), MPA, PhD (Pittsburgh) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western Cape) I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria) G Davids, PhD L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA (Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) G Ruiters, F Hendricks Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial College) N Seymour E Hamza, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape) AD Roman, BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) B Du Plessis T Van Harte I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria) 11

13 Senior P/G Administrator: P/G Administrator: L Festers B Maart PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT U/G PROGRAMME Professor: Associate Proffessor: Senior Lecturer U/G Programme Coordinator: U/G Programme Administrator: CJJ Mphaisha, BA (Merit) (Zambia), MPA, PhD, (Pittsburgh) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MAdmin (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) I Ille, Bed (Hons) (University of Ibadan) Nigeria, MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (Pretoria) GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev (Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE (IIAP-France) L Eyssen INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) Director /Prof: A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex) Associate Professors: M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape) R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil (Sussex) Senior Researcher: G Paradza, MSc(Zim), PhD (Wageningen) B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil (Western Cape) Senior Lecturer/Researcher: M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) Researchers: K Kleinbooi, BA (Soc Work) (Stellenbosch), MPhil (Western Cape) D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes) O Ukpabi, MA (Amsterdam), MPhil (Cape Town) C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal) Research Iterns: D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe) M Ngubane, MA (Free State) A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape) Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed (Cape Town) Financial Manager: I Cilliers, BCom (Pret) BComp (Hons) CTA (South Africa), CA (SA) (PAAB) Finance Officer: F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College) Finance Officer: D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula UT) Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes) Senior Administrator (Events Man): T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin) Senior Administrator (P/G Prog): C Henry, BCom (Western Cape) Secretary J Lyner, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood) Office Assistant: B Mtolo, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape) Senior Student Assistant: N Ntloko, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) Fair Share Division Manager T Khaile, PGD in Public Management, (Witwatersrand), MA (Witwatersrand) F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) L Faulmann, (Certificate) (Western Cape) 12

14 AFRCIAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to: Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social, economic, and political nature; Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and Adult Education courses; Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops. The ACCEDE s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa s majority and that the history of domination, conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the past, requires: The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, nonmilitaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid. An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of regional role for a democratic South Africa. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of: the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of governance and administration; the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct, transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa. to broaden the School s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.); to give the School s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and descriptive understanding and knowledge; to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge. INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) Vision and Mission PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian reform, rural governance and natural resource management. PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals. PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and political transformation. 13

15 FAIR SHARE Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is the unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes. A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations. Programmes Local Economic Development (LED) The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government and in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5. Certificate in Economic development (CED) The CED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist their organizations and communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities. The CED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The CED is offered through both an onsite learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts. Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. To date, since students have participated in the CED. Research and Publications To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where we work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and educate ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of social and economic development issues. Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work. Advanced Diploma in Public Administration The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6. The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors. 14

16 THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) The Entrepreneurship Development Unit is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF) at the University of the Western Cape. The mission of the Entrepreneurship Development Unit is to promote enterprise development focusing on the SME sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context. The specific aims are: to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the SME (small, medium enterprises) sector to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the School of Business and Finance (SBF) which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise to partner the School of Business and Finance (SBF) in developing and teaching a specialized Enterprise Development stream in its honours programme. This stream will provide the training required by SME entrepreneurs to enable them to professionalize, develop and grow their operations, and by graduates keen to work with NGOs, financial institutions, etc. in providing management, financial, consultancy and other support to the SME sector to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the business community to develop and present short courses to address particular business/ organizational requirements and to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Management Development Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the Faculty. EMS STUDENT SUPPORT AND RESEARCH UNIT (ESSRU) In an attempt to improve student throughput, the Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences (EMS) started a Student Tracking Pilot Project in August The primary aim was to explore methodologies to improve academic performance as well as putting a structure in place that will assist struggling students to cope with their academic work during their first year of study. This resulted in the founding of the EMS Student Support and Research Unit (ESSRU). The ESSRU s One by One (ObO) Support Programme encompasses the overarching operational structure. They serve first year students through regular newsletters, news flashes, brochures, life skills workshops and a Face book page. One of their core values is to establish relationships and partnerships with those departments and units on campus that can assist them to proactively serve the students to the best of their ability. The ESSRU Voluntary Tutoring programme called Pay-it-forward is a student-led programme that started as a project in Up to twenty students have over the past three years signed up as volunteers each year. They assist students with the quantitative modules offered in the B Com Four Year Programme. The ESSRU also empower tutors with skills like goal-setting, teamwork and how to present effectively. For more information please refer to the faculty s website. 15

17 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1011) (3yrs-f/time) D.1 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration D.1.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.1.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) (b) No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a D (50%). Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). Please visit the website: for further information. OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D. 2 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.3 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study. 16

18 D.4 CURRICULUM D.4.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Political Studies 131 POL Public Administration 131 PUA South African Politics and Government 132 GOV Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC Information Systems 132 IFS Group 2 (select 1 module) Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141 QLC Quantitative Skills for Comm. 131 QSC Electives (select 2 modules to the value of 30 credits) Financial Accounting 143 FIA Business Statistics 132 BUS Economics 134 ECO Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Management 132 MAN Statistics 142 STA D.4.2 Level 2 Sub-total 120 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies 211 POL Political Studies 221 POL Political Studies 213 POL Political Studies 224 POL Public Administration 211 PUA Public Administration 212 PUA Public Administration 221 PUA Public Administration 222 PUA Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 233 ECO Economics 234 ECO Group 2 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS Industrial Psychology 232 IPS Industrial Psychology 233 IPS Industrial Psychology 234 IPS Group 3 Information Systems 231 IFS Information Systems 233 IFS Group 4 (Management) Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Management 234 MAN Management 235 MAN

19 Group 5 (SME Management) Management 201 MAN Management 206 MAN Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Sub-total 120 D.4.3 Level 3 Option 1 (select both groups) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Political Studies 311 POL Political Studies 312 POL Political Studies 321 POL Political Studies 322 POL Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA Public Administration 313 PUA Public Administration 321 PUA Public Administration 323 PUA Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (if not selected in option 1) Political Studies 311 POL Political Studies 312 POL Political Studies 321 POL Political Studies 322 POL Group 2 (if not selected in option 1) Public Administration 311 PUA Public Administration 313 PUA Public Administration 321 PUA Public Administration 323 PUA Group 3 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Electives (select 2 modules) Economics 301 ECO Economics 311 ECO Economics 334 ECO Economics 335 ECO Economics 336 ECO Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS Industrial Psychology 333 IPS Industrial Psychology 335 IPS Industrial Psychology 337 IPS Group 5 Information Systems 361 IFS Information Systems 362 IFS Group 6 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 312 MAN

20 Group 7 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 303 MAN Management 306 MAN Group 8 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 325 MAN Group 9 (SME Management for BAdmin, and non-ems students) Management 314 MAN Management 325 MAN Management 333 MAN Management 339 MAN Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360 D.5 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.6 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.6.1 Level 1 D D D D A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter to be promoted. After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules (120 credits) in order to promote. D.6.2 Level 2 D D A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.6.3 Level 3 D D D A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. 19

21 D.7 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.7.1 D.7.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.8 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.9.1 D.9.2 D.9.3 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study; The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. D.9.4 Transferring to BCom Degree The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree: D D D D.9.5 A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time enrolment To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor. Major Subjects Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D D Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following: Industrial Psychology Economics Political Studies and/or Public Administration Management or SME Management Information Systems D D.9.6 D.9.7 Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC 131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: 20

22 Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.9.8 D.9.9 D.9.10 D.9.11 D.9.12 D.9.13 D.9.14 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in QSC is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. Students do not require a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Mathematics (MA126) to register for MAN231, 233, 201, and 206. SME Management is recommended for students planning on working for government agencies in advising or supporting SME s. Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for MAN201, 206, 231 and 233 at the first attempt to major in Management at 3 rd year level. Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3 rd year level but may not be able to continue to Honours level in Management. BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1018) (4yrs-p/time) D.10 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration D.10.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.10.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) (b) No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a D (50%). Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). Please visit the website: for further information. OR 21

23 (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.11 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.12 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time study. D.13 CURRICULUM D.13.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC Information Systems 132 IFS Group 2 (select 1 module) Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141 QLC Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131(Maths Level 4 required) QSC Group 3 (select 1 module) Management 132 MAN Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Sub-total 60 D.13.2 Level 2 Module Name Compulsory Group 1 Political Studies 131 POL Public Administration 131 PUA South African Politics and Government 132 GOV Group 2 (select 1 module previously not selected) Financial Accounting 141 FIA Economics 133 ECO Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Management 132 MAN Group 3 (select 1 module) Business Statistics 131 BUS Statistics 141 STA Sub-total 75 D.13.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies 211 POL Political Studies 221 POL Political Studies 213 POL Political Studies 224 POL Public Administration 211 PUA Public Administration 212 PUA

24 Public Administration 221 PUA Public Administration 222 PUA Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 233 ECO Economics 234 ECO Group 2 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS Industrial Psychology 232 IPS Industrial Psychology 233 IPS Industrial Psychology 234 IPS Group 3 Information Systems 231 IFS Information Systems 233 IFS Group 4 Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Management 234 MAN Management 235 MAN Sub-total 120 D.13.4 Level4 Option 1 (select both groups) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Political Studies 311 POL Political Studies 312 POL Political Studies 321 POL Political Studies 322 POL Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA Public Administration 313 PUA Public Administration 321 PUA Public Administration 323 PUA Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (if not selected in option 1) Political Studies 311 POL Political Studies 312 POL Political Studies 321 POL Political Studies 322 POL Group 2 (if not selected in option 1) Public Administration 311 PUA Public Administration 313 PUA Public Administration 321 PUA Public Administration 323 PUA Group 3 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Electives (select 2 modules) Economics 335 ECO Economics 311 (compulsory for Hons in ECO) ECO Economics 336 ECO

25 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS Industrial Psychology 333 IPS Industrial Psychology 335 IPS Industrial Psychology 337 IPS Group 5 Information Systems 361 IFS Information Systems 362 IFS Group 6 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 312 MAN Group 7 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 325 MAN Group 8 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 324 MAN Management 325 MAN Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360 D.14 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.15 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.15.1 D.15.2 D.15.3 D.15.4 D.15.5 D.15.6 D.15.7 D.15.8 D.15.9 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter in order to promote. After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). After three years of enrolment passed all 1 st year level modules. After five years of enrolment passed all 2 nd year level modules. A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. 24

26 D.16 ADVANCE REGISTRATION After Hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and corequisites of the intended modules and provided that modules are offered after-hours in a particular academic year. D.17 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.18 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.18.1 D.18.2 D.18.3 D.18.4 Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester. Each student should register for a minimum of 60 credits per annum in order to complete in the maximum period allowed; Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester. Students transferring from full-time studies are required to follow the curriculum offered during evening classes. D.18.5 Transferring to BCom Degree The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree: D D D D.18.6 A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time enrolment To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor. Major Subjects Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D D Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following: Industrial Psychology Economics Political Studies and/or Public Administration Management Information Systems D Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject. D.18.7 D.18.8 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 or Business Statistics a pass in one of the following is required: 25

27 Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.18.9 D D D D D D To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. Students do not require a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce or Mathematics to register for MAN231, MAN233, MAN201, and MAN206. SME Management is recommended for students planning on working for government agencies in advising or supporting SME s. Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for MAN201, MAN206, MAN231 and MAN233 at the first attempt to major in Management at 3 rd year level. Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3 rd year level but may not be able to continue to Honours level in Management. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1008) (3 yrs- f/time) D.19 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.19.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.19.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) (b) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR 26

28 (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.20 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.21 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study. D.22 CURRICULUM D.22.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 (select all modules) Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC Business Statistics 132 BUS Financial Accounting 141 FIA Information Systems 131 IFS Management 131 MAN Group 2 (select 1 sub-group) Group 2.1 Economics 134 ECO Group 2.2 (select both modules) Macro Economics 141 ECO Micro Economics 142 ECO Group 3 (select 1 module) Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC Mathematics 126 (EMS) MAM Electives (select 1 module) Students who choose MAM126 and FIA142 are required to choose 2 electives) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Financial Accounting 142 FIA Mercantile Law 102 MER Statistics 121 (only for students wishing to major in Statistics) STA Sub-total D.22.2 Level 2 Compulsory - (Select 3 groups to the value of 40 credits each) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Financial Accounting 241 FIA Financial Accounting 242 FIA Group 2 Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 234 ECO Econometrics 211 ECO Group 3 Internal Auditing 241 AUD Internal Auditing 242 AUD Management Accounting 241 MAC Financial Management 242 FIM

29 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS Industrial Psychology 232 IPS Industrial Psychology 233 IPS Industrial Psychology 234 IPS Group 5 Information Systems 231 IFS Information Systems 233 IFS Group 6 Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Management 234 MAN Management 235 MAN Group 7 Statistics 211 STA Statistics 221 STA Group 8 (select 1 sub-group) Group 8.1 Mercantile Law 221 MCR Business Ethics 242 BET Company Law 211 CPL Taxation 242 TAX Group 8.2 Business Analysis201 BSA Business Analysis203 BSA Business Analysis 204 BSA Business Analysis 202 BSA D.22.3 Level 3 Sub-total 120 Module Name - Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Electives (select 1 sub-group) Group1.1 Economics 311 ECO Economics 335 ECO Group 1.2 Economics 334 ECO Economics 336 ECO Group 2 (Finance) Management 307 MAN Management 308 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 312 MAN Group 3 Financial Accounting 341 FIA Financial Accounting 342 FIA Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS Industrial Psychology 333 IPS Industrial Psychology 335 IPS Industrial Psychology 337 IPS

30 Group 5 (Management) Management 314 MAN Management 304 MAN Management 306 MAN Management 303 MAN Group 6 (Finance) Compulsory Management 314 MAN Management 304 MAN Management 305 MAN Electives (Select 1 module) Management 312 MAN Management 325 MAN Group 7 (Select 2 modules) Statistics 331 STA Statistics 332 STA Statistics 333 STA Group 8 Information Systems 361 IFS Information Systems 362 IFS Group 9 Management Accounting 341 MAC Financial Management 342 FIM Taxation 343 TAX Sub-total 120 Total D.23 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.24 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.24.1 Level 1 D D D D A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.24.2 Level 2 D D A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.24.3 Level 3 D A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. 29

31 D D Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.25 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.25.1 D.25.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.26 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.27 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.27.1 D.27.2 D.27.3 D.27.4 D.27.5 D.27.6 D.27.7 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.27.8 D.27.9 D To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 30

32 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1101) (4yrs-p/time) D.28 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.28.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.28.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.29 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.30 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time study. 31

33 D.31 CURRICULUM D.31.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC Information Systems 132 IFS Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC Management 132 MAN Sub-total 60 D.31.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 141 FIA Business Statistics 131 BUS Economics 133 ECO Electives (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Financial Accounting 142 (offered every alternate year from 2014) FIA Sub-total 60 D.31.3 Level 3 Module Name (select 3 groups to the value of 40 credits each) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (offered every alternate year from 2015) Financial Accounting 241 FIA Financial Accounting 242 FIA Group 2 Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 233 ECO Economics 234 ECO Group 3 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS Industrial Psychology 232 IPS Industrial Psychology 233 IPS Industrial Psychology 234 IPS Group 4 Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Management 234 MAN Management 235 MAN Group 5 Information Systems 231 IFS Information Systems 233 IFS Sub-total 120 D.31.4 Level 4 Module Name - Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (See Honours requirements) Compulsory Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Electives (Choose 2 modules) Economics 311 ECO Economics 336 ECO International Economics 335 ECO

34 Group 2 Compulsory Management 314 MAN Management 304 MAN Electives (select 2 modules) Management 305 MAN Management 312 MAN Management 324 MAN Management 325 MAN Group 3 Management 307 MAN Management 308 MAN Management 309 IST Management 310 IST Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS Industrial Psychology 333 IPS Industrial Psychology 335 IPS Industrial Psychology 337 IPS Group 5 Information Systems 361 IFS Information Systems 362 IFS Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360 D.32 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.33 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.33.1 D.33.2 D.33.3 D.33.4 D.33.5 D.33.6 D.33.7 D.33.8 D.33.9 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter. After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). After three years of enrolment a student must have passed all 1 st year level modules. After five years of enrolment a student must have passed all 2 nd year level modules. A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.34 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Part-time students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and corequisites of the intended modules, and provided that modules are offered after hours in a particular academic year. 33

35 D.35 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.36 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.36.1 D.36.2 D.36.3 D.36.4 D.36.5 D.36.6 Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 credits more in a single semester. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) to proceed with studies. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.36.7 D.36.8 D.36.9 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required. ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) BCom (1751) (4 yrs-f/time) D.37 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.37.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR 34

36 (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.37.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.38 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.39 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full-time study. D.40 CURRICULUM D.40.1 Level 1 D Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB Introduction to the Economy and Business 133 IEB Quantitative Skills Foundation 131 QSF Introduction to SA Accounting 130 ACC Introduction to Information Systems 131 IFS Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC Management 132 MAN Quantitative Skills for Commerce 132 QSC Sub-total 120 D Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB Introduction to the Economy and Business 133 IEB Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141 QLC Quantitative Skills Foundation 132 QSF Introduction to Information Systems 131 IFS Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC Management 132 MAN Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Sub-total

37 D.40.2 Level 2 D Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Intensive Reading and Writing IRF Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF Analytical and Critical Thinking 2 ACF Financial Accounting 141 FIA Business Statistics 132 BUS Group 2 (select 1 sub-group) Group 2.1 Economics 133 ECO Group 2.2 Economics 141 ECO Economics 142 ECO Group 3 (Select 1 module from) Quantitative Analysis for Commerce QAC South African Politics and Government 132 GOV Group 4 (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Mathematics 126 MAM Mercantile Law 102 MER Financial Accounting 142 FIA Sub-total 120 D Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Intensive Reading and Writing IRF Introduction to SA Accounting 133 ACC Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC Financial Accounting 143 FIA Economics 134 ECO Business Statistics 132 BUS Group 2 (select 1 module) Quantitative Analysis for Commerce 231 QAC South African Politics and Government 132 GOV Analytical and Critical Thinking ACF Sub-total 120 D.40.3 Level 3 Module Name (select 3 groups) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Financial Accounting 241 FIA Financial Accounting 242 FIA Group 2 Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 234 ECO Economics 233 ECO

38 Group 3 Internal Auditing 241 AUD Internal Auditing 242 AUD Management Accounting 241 MAC Financial Management 242 FIM Group 4 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS Industrial Psychology 232 IPS Industrial Psychology 233 IPS Industrial Psychology 234 IPS Group 5 Information Systems 231 IFS Information Systems 233 IFS Group 6 Compulsory Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Electives (select 1 sub group) Group 6.1 (Management) Management 234 MAN Management 235 MAN Group 6.2 (SME Management) Management 201 MAN Management 206 MAN Group 7 Statistics 211 STA Statistics 221 STA Group 8 Mercantile Law 221 MCR Business Ethics 242 BET Company Law 211 CPL Taxation 242 TAX D.40.4 Level 4 Sub-total 120 Option A Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Electives (select 1 of 2 sub-groups) Group 1.1 Economics 311 ECO International Economics 335 ECO Group 1.2 Economics 336 ECO Economics 334 ECO Group 2 Management 307 MAN Management 308 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 312 MAN

39 Group 3 Financial Accounting 341 FIA Financial Accounting 342 FIA Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS Industrial Psychology 333 IPS Industrial Psychology 335 IPS Industrial Psychology 337 IPS Group 5 Management 314 MAN Management 304 MAN Management 306 MAN Management 303 MAN Group 6 Management 314 MAN Management 304 MAN Management 305 MAN Electives (Select 1 module) Management 312 MAN Management 325 MAN Group 7 (select 2 modules) Statistics 331 STA Statistics 332 STA Statistics 333 (optional) STA Group 8 Information Systems 361 IFS Information Systems 362 IFS Group 9 Management Accounting 341 MAC Financial Management 342 FIM Taxation 343 TAX Sub-total 120 TOTAL 480 D.41 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.42 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.42.1 D.42.2 D.42.3 D.42.4 D.42.5 D.42.6 D.42.7 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1 st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/1420 or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132) A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132). A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits. A student shall complete the degree once 480 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. 38

40 D.42.8 D.42.9 D D The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. After 2 years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules After 3 years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules After 5 years of study a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules D.43 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.43.1 D.43.2 D.43.3 A student who has not promoted to the 2 nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1 st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3 rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 4 th year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.44 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.45 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.45.1 D.45.2 D.45.3 D.45.4 D.45.5 D.45.6 B.45.7 Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) before the start of the academic year will enrol for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) and Business Statistics (BUS132). No module needs to be taken in place of QSF131. Students who failed Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF132) and Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2 nd semester to qualify for re-admission for a 2 nd year of enrolment. Students must have passed all 1 st year level modules by the end of the 2 nd year to qualify for readmission for the 3 rd year of enrolment. Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Literacy Skills (QLC) before the start of the academic year will follow the curriculum under D Students who passed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) (at first attempt) with a final mark of at least 70% need not enrol for QSF131/132 and should register for Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester. If such student passes Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) at the first attempt, s/he shall follow the curriculum under D in the 2 nd year of enrolment. Students are advised that it in their best interest to register for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) thereby setting a better foundation for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC). Students who failed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC132) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2 nd semester to qualify for readmission for the 2 nd year of enrolment. Students who fail (Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB133) or Intensive Reading and Writing (IRF231) and Analytical and Critical Thinking (ACF231) must repeat these modules in the following semester. 39

41 D.45.8 D.45.9 D GOV132 is required for students majoring in Political Studies or Public Administration. Students must have passed all Foundation modules by the end of the 3 rd year of enrolment to qualify for readmission. Students who change from BCom (ACC) 4-year programme will be required to register for GOV132 as an additional module to make up 15 of the 30 credits short. If such student did not pass MAN131/132 and ECO134 then the student would have to register for IEB133 as well. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING) - (BCom) (Fin Acc) (1175) D.46 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Financial Accounting) D.46.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.46.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (d) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.47 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.48 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. 40

42 D.49 CURRICULUM D.49.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 141 FIA Financial Accounting 142 FIA Business Statistics 132 BUS Management 131 MAN Mercantile Law 102 MER Information Systems 132 IFS Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC Electives - Select 1 group Group 1 (not offered in 2013) Quantitative Skills for Finance 141 QSF Economics 141 ECO Economics 142 ECO Group 2 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC Principles of Economics 134 ECO Sub-total 130 D.49.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 241 FIA Financial Accounting 242 FIA Management Accounting 241 MAC Auditing 241 AUD Auditing 242 AUD Company Law 211 CPL Mercantile Law 221 MCR Taxation 242 TAX Business Ethics 242 BET Financial Management 242 FIM Sub-total 120 D.49.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Financial Accounting 341 FIA Financial Accounting 342 FIA Management Accounting 341 MAC Auditing 341 AUD Taxation 343 TAX Financial Management 342 FIM Sub-total 135 TOTAL 385 D.50 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 41

43 D.51 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.51.1 Level 1 D A student is required to pass at least 40 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. D After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132), Quantitative Skills for Finance (QSF141) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) and Financial Accounting (FIA141). D D A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.51.2 Level 2 D D A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.51.3 Level 3 D D D A student shall complete the degree once 385 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.52 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.52.1 D.52.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.53 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.54 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.54.1 Students who have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142 would have the option to attend the Financial Accounting 132 summer school and, on obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of the summer school, would be able to transfer to the B Com (Accounting) programme, if all other promotion criteria are met (passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment). 42

44 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) DEGREE - (BCom Acc) (1021) (3 yrs-f/time) D.55 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting) D.55.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics Level 5 (60-69%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 5) (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.55.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C-Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (50%) Mathematics or SG (70%) Mathematics and HG (50%) Accounting or SG (70%) Accounting OR HG (60%) Mathematics or SG (80%) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject) (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D. 56 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.57 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. 43

45 D.58 CURRICULUM D.58.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 131 FIA Financial Accounting 132 FIA Economics 134 ECO Mathematics 126 MAM Business Statistics 132 BUS Management 131 MAN Mercantile Law 102 MER Information Systems 131 IFS Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC Sub-total 130 D.58.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 214 FIA Financial Accounting 225 FIA Management Accounting 234 MAC Auditing 236 AUD Accounting Information Applications 237 ACC Company Law 211 CPL Mercantile Law 221 MCR Taxation 228 TAX Business Ethics 211 BET Corporate and Financial Management 221 CFM Sub-total 120 D.58.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Management Accounting 314 MAC Financial Management 324 FMA Financial Accounting 324 FIA Auditing 322 AUD Taxation 327 TAX Sub-total 150 TOTAL 400 D.59 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.60 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.60.1 D.60.2 After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, with a final mark of 55% or more for Financial Accounting (FIA132). In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 90 NQF credits, 44

46 D.60.3 D.60.4 D.60.5 D.60.6 D.60.7 Provided that after four years of enrolment the student has completed the degree; Provided that after the second year of registration the student has passed all required 1 st level modules. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. Students who do not meet the requirement as outlined in D.60.1 above, will be promoted to the BCom (Financial Accounting) degree (2 nd enrolment), provided they passed at least 60 credits including a final mark of between 50% and 54% for Financial Accounting (FIA132). D.61 ADVANCE REGISTRATION There are no advance registration rules for this programme D.62 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.63 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.63.1 D.63.2 D.63.3 To qualify for entry into the BCom (Accounting) degree, a first year BCom student shall have passed at least 105 credits in the their first year of enrolment, with a final mark of 55% or more in Financial Accounting 132 or its equivalent. The following will be recognised as an internal equivalent: Obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of a summer school. In order to qualify to attend the summer school, a student must have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142. A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts: Financial Accounting 131, 132 (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt) Financial Accounting 214, 225 Financial Accounting 324 Management Accounting 234 Corporate and Financial Management 221 Management Accounting 314 Financial Management 324 Auditing 236 Auditing 322 Accounting Information Applications 237 Business Ethics 211 Taxation 228 Taxation 327 Academic Literacy for Commerce

47 BACHELORS IN COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) (1753) ((4 yrs-f/time) D.64 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Accounting) 4-year extended curriculum D.64.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics Level 4 (50-59%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 4) (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.64.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a D-Aggregate in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (D Symbol) Mathematics or SG (C Symbol) Mathematics and HG (D Symbol) Accounting or SG (C Symbol) Accounting OR HG (C _symbol) Mathematics or SG (B Symbol) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject) (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D. 65 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.66 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study. 46

48 D.67 CURRICULUM D.67.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB Quantitative Skills Accounting 131 QSA Introduction to SA Accounting 131 ACC Introduction to SA Accounting 132 ACC Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC Management 131 MAN Introduction to Information Systems 132 IFS Business Statistics 132 BUS Sub-total 120 D.67.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF Quantitative Analysis for Commerce QAC Intensive reading and Writing IRF Financial Accounting 131 FIA Financial Accounting 132 FIA Economics 134 ECO Mathematics 126 MAM Mercantile Law 102 MER Sub-total 120 D.67.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 214 FIA Financial Accounting 225 FIA Accounting Information Applications 237 ACC Auditing 236 AUD Business Ethics 211 BET Management Accounting 234 MAC Mercantile Law 221 MCR Taxation 228 TAX Company Law 211 CPL Corporate and Financial Management 221 CFM Sub-total 120 D.67.4 Level 4 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 324 FIA Management Accounting 314 MAC Financial Management 324 FIM Auditing 322 AUD Taxation 327 TAX Sub-total 150 TOTAL

49 D.68 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.69 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.69.1 D.69.2 D.69.3 D.69.4 D.69.5 D.69.6 D.69.7 D.69.8 After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 90 credits (45 of which must be degree credits), including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131), Quantitative Skills for Accounting (QSA131) (or Quantitative Skills for Commerce 132 for repeats) and introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130 or 131). A student who passed at least 75 credits in the 1st year of enrolment but does not meet the requirements of D.69.1 will be transferred to BCom Extended curriculum 2nd enrolment. After the second year of enrolment passed 180 credits in total (90 of which must be degree credits) including all 1st year level modules (D.69.1) and Financial Accounting 131 (or equivalent) and Financial Accounting 132 with at least a final mark of 55%. A student who passes at least 180 credits after two years of enrolment but has not met the requirements of D.69.3 will be transferred to the BCom extended curriculum 3rd enrolment. In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, Provided that after five years of enrolment the student has completed the degree; Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.70 ADVANCE REGISTRATION A student who had not promoted to the 2 nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 90 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1 st year credits, provided that all prerequisites and co-requisites are met. The student would be permitted to register for 2 nd year modules for the remaining credits. D.71 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 unless otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.72 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.72.1 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts: Financial Accounting 131, 132 (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt) Financial Accounting 214, 225 Financial Accounting 324 Management Accounting 234 Corporate and Financial Management

50 Management Accounting 314 Financial Management 324 Auditing 236 Auditing 322 Accounting Information Applications 237 Business Ethics 211 Taxation 228 Taxation 327 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (LAW) DEGREE (1221) D.73 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Law) D.73.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.73.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C-Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (40%) Mathematics or SG (60%) Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D. 74 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.75 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full-time study. 49

51 D.76 CURRICULUM D.76.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2 nd year level) ECO Business Statistics 132 BUS Introduction to Legal Studies 111 ILS Introduction to Legal Studies 121 ILS121 5 Law of Persons 112 LOP Quantitative Skills For Commerce 131 QSC Financial Accounting 141 FIA Group 3 (select 1 module) Management 132 MAN Industrial Psychology 132 IPS Information Systems 132 IFS Sub-total 125 D.76.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Constitutional Law 202 CON Critical Legal Analysis 201 CRI Family Law 121 FAM Legal Systems 111 LEG Legal Interpretation 221 LEG Law of Things 211 THI Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS Industrial Psychology 232 IPS Industrial Psychology 233 IPS Industrial Psychology 234 IPS Group 2 Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Management 234 MAN Management 235 MAN Group 3 Economics 234 ECO Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 233 ECO Group 4 Information Systems 231 IFS Information Systems 233 IFS Sub-total 125 D.76.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Law of Contract 301 CNT Company Law 211 CPL Law of Insolvency 311 INS

52 Labour Law 321 LAB Law of Negotiable Instruments 321 NEG Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Electives (select 2 modules) Economics 336 ECO Economics 334 ECO Economics 311 ECO International Economics 335 ECO Economics 301 ECO Group 2 Compulsory Industrial Psychology 331 IPS Industrial Psychology 333 IPS Industrial Psychology 337 IPS Electives (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 335 IPS Industrial Psychology 336 IPS Group 3 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 303 MAN Management 306 MAN Group 4 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 312 MAN Group 5 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 305 MAN Management 325 MAN Group 6 Management 304 MAN Management 314 MAN Management 309 IST Management 310 IST Group 7 Management 305 MAN Management 307 MAN Management 308 MAN Management 312 MAN Group 8 Information Systems 361 IFS Information Systems 362 IFS Sub-total 125 TOTAL 375 D.77 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 51

53 D.78 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.78.1 Level 1 D D D D A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.78.2 Level 2 D D A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.78.3 Level 3 D A student shall complete the degree once 375 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.79 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.79.1 D.79.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.80 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.81 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.81.1 D.81.2 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 /140credits in any year of study; The total credit value may only exceed 375 with the permission of Senate; 52

54 D.81.3 D.81.4 D.81.5 D.81.6 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) (or Mathematics 126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To do Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.81.7 D.81.8 D.81.9 To do Economics 133/134 a pass in QSC is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS) 1181 (4 YEAR) D.82 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BEcon D.82.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.82.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C-Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (40% E-Symbol) Mathematics or SG (50% - D Symbol) Mathematics (b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR 53

55 (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. D.83 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.84 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study. D.85 CURRICULUM D.85.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory (select all modules) Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC Business Statistics 132 BUS Management 131 MAN Quantitative Skills For Commerce 131 QSC Public Administration 131 PUA South African Politics and Government 132 GOV Local Economic Development 111 LED Economics 121 ECO Economics 122 ECO D.85.2 Level 2 Sub-total 125 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory (select all modules) Economics 231 ECO Economics 232 ECO Economics 234 ECO Management 201 MAN Management 206 MAN Management 231 MAN Management 233 MAN Management 235 MAN Public Administration 212 PUA Public Administration 222 PUA Economic Profiling & Quantitative Analysis LED Electives (select 1 module) Tourism 211 TOU Tourism 212 TOU D.85.3 Level 3 Sub-total 120 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory (select all modules) Economics 331 ECO Economics 332 ECO Management 304 MAN Management 325 MAN

56 Public Administration 312 PUA Regional Development & Clustering or Enabling Mechanisms LED Industrial Policy IDP Electives (select 1 module) Economics 334 ECO Economics 336 ECO D.85.4 Level 4 Sub-total 120 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Economics 411 ECO Economics 412 ECO Research Methods Essay RME Research Project 401 REP Electives (select 3 modules) Economics 413 ECO Economics 414 ECO Public Private Partnership or Applied Public Private Partnerships PUB Applied Project Development / Management PUB Business Retention & Expansion PUB Investment Behaviour & Promotion or Investment Promotion PUB Managing Economic Development Organisations PUB Sub-total 120 TOTAL 485 D.86 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.87 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.87.1 Level 1 D D D D D A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. A student must have passed Principles of Micro and Macro Economics at 1 st year level in order to register for Tourism at 2nd year level. After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce. A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules. D.87.2 Level 2 D D A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules. 55

57 D.87.3 Level 3 D D A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits. After five years of study a student must have passed all 3 rd year level modules. D.87.4 Level 4 D D D A student shall complete the degree once 485 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.88 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.88.1 D.88.2 D.88.3 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 4 th year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.89 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.90 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.90.1 D.90.2 D.90.3 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 56

58 CERTIFICATE IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (CED) D.91 ADMISSION Candidates must be in the possession of a Grade 12 Certificate (Matric) or NSC (National Senior Certificate). OR NQF Level 4 or equivalent Work with a CBO, NGO, and religious or local government department. Speak, read and write English. Have permission and support from their organisation and/or employer in writing. Commit themselves to all study blocks with full time residential attendance, and complete all fieldwork assignments. D.92 SELECTION Please contact the Fair Share office directly. D.93 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study or three years part-time study. D.94 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Training Design & Facilitation 118 FSH Training Design & Facilitation 120 FSH Communication & Info Management 121 FSH Development Economics 122 FSH Organisational Development 123 FSH Workplace Learning 125 FSH Research Project 124 FSH Gender and Development 126 FSH Local Governance 127 FSH TOTAL 120 D.95 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.96 PROGRESS RULES D.96.1 Block Sessions Unless Senate decides otherwise, a student shall complete the programme in one year. All students attend 8 block sessions spread over the year. D.97 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4.1, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.98 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 57

59 MODULE DESCRIPTORS Please refer to the Faculty of Law Calendar for the module descriptors pertaining to the BCom Law Degree. BCom & BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1 Generic module name ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1 Numeric code ACF231(1 st semester) Alpha-numeric code ACF231 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module BCom 4-year programme and BCom (Acc) 4-year programme is offered Level 6 After the course students will be able to demonstrate: An understanding of the requirements of a valid argument The ability to recognise logical fallacies in arguments put forward by people An understanding of methods of reasoning and analysis The capacity to identify and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions A raised awareness of why clear thinking is important and necessary An understanding of the relationships between theory and practice using case study material The ability to select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case studies The ability to analyse case studies professionally and report on analysis both orally and in writing The ability to plan and work effectively with others in teams to achieve the above outcomes Main Content Fundamentals of Argumentation The Ingredients of Arguments Fallacies and How Arguments Fail Case Studies of fallacies Well Structured Arguments Become a reasoned person Linking practical examples to Case Studies Interpreting, critically analysing and summarizing cases and examples Generalizing and theorizing Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis ALC131/132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 54 58

60 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF 60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments 40% - Examinations ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 Generic module name ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 Numeric code ACF232 Alpha numeric code ACF232 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module BCom 4-year programme is offered Level 6 After the course students will be able to demonstrate: An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research A basic understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods e.g.: o Secondary literature searches o Questionnaires/Surveys o Personal interviews An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen businessrelated research topic or case study An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research Report Main Content Introduction to Business Research The research process and project plan Library resources and internet for materials search Development of research topic and questions Conducting literature reviews Gathering and collating information Selecting and organizing relevant material and critically evaluating it Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources ALC131/132 AND ACF231 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 6 59

61 Selfstudy 38 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF 60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments 40% - Individual research assignment ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS Generic module name ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS Numeric code ALB131 (1 ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2 ND SEMESTER) Alpha-numeric code ALB131/132 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term ALB131 (1 ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2 ND SEMESTER) Programmes in which the module BCom, 4-year programme BCom (Acc) 4-year programme is offered Level 6 ALB aims at improving students listening, note-taking, time management, reading, thinking and writing skills in the four-year programme. After the course students will be able to: Take notes effectively in lectures. Read with comprehension and understanding the meaning of words and phrases. Apply academic reading skills to various texts, such as textbooks, magazines and newspapers Apply reading and writing skills in other subjects Plan, structure and write coherent paragraphs in written assignments. Be able to use the computer to organize and manage information. Main Content Academic literacy skills such as note-taking, text analysis, vocabulary development Various reading strategies such skimming, scanning and comprehensive reading Plan, structure and reference written academic work Familiarize students with digital academic literacy Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Continuous Evaluation: Tasks, class tests and assignments 50% Term test 10% Examination 40% 60

62 ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING Generic Module Name INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING Numeric code IRF231 (1 st semester) Alpha-numeric Code IRF231 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom 4-year programme module is offered Level 6 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Read academic material comprehensively and critically. Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts. Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme, Reading Excellence Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays. Analyse and summarise written texts. Construct effective business documents. Main Content Academic reading techniques Text book analysis Reading journals magazines & newspapers Computer-Assisted learning Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading & writing Contextualisation and integration of arguments Business documents ALC131/132 ALC131/132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Assignments & tasks: 1x3 Tests & examinations: 12 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 5 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirements per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tutorial Class and Gateway Tests 26% Tasks and Assignments 3% Term Tests Final 20% Semester Test 50% Attendance 1% ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Generic module name Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Numeric Code ACC130 /ACC133 repeat module (4-YEAR) /ACC131 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING) Alpha-numeric code ACC130 /ACC131/ACC133 61

63 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term Module type Foundation BCom ACC130 (Gen) and BCom (Acc) ACC131 Level 5 The learner should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Record business transactions in the appropriate accounting records up to trial balance. Main Content Accounting as an information system Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping to trial balance Subsidiary journals Accounting for Value Added Tax Periodic and perpetual inventory systems Bank reconciliation procedures Quantitative Skills Foundation 131 Quantitative Skills Foundation 131 Prohibited combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 42 Tests & examinations: 9 Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirements per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark Examination: 60% final mark ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Introduction to South African Accounting 2 Generic module name Introduction to South African Accounting 2 Numeric code ACC132 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING) Alpha-numeric code ACC132 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term programmes in which the BCom (Acc) 4-year programme module is offered Level 5 At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to: Prepare the financial statement of a sole trader based on accrual accounting Do an elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader Main Content Accounting as an information system Periodic measurement of income Preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet for a sole trader Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader ACC130/131 62

64 ACC130/131 Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 42 Tests & examinations: 9 Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirements per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark Examination: 60% final mark ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT/SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & FINANCE/ECONOMICS Introduction to the Economy and Business Generic module name Introduction to the Economy and Business Numeric Code IEB 133 (For EMS students only) IEB131 (for non-ems students) IEB 134(For repeat students only) Alpha-numeric code IEB131 IEB133 IEB134 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term Module Type Programme BCom.4-year programme, B.A., B.Ed, Level 5 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy. Describe and evaluate South Africa s recent economic performance. Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings. Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate. Develop a business plan for a small business. Main Content Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles Overview of the South African economy Perfect and imperfect competition Production and costs Role of entrepreneurship The environment in which small business operates Establishing a small business. Principles underlying the main functional areas. Compilation of the Business Plan 63

65 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 8 Selfstudy 56 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests (60%); Examination 40% ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE Numeric code QAC231 Alpha-numeric Code QAC231 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom and BCom (ACC) 4-year programme module is offered Level 6 At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from financial statements. Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR) Understand and work with Index Numbers Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity Calculate statistical measures of dispersion Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to economic and financial situations Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and perform simple differentiation. Main Content Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms, etc Time value of money Capital budgeting Index numbers Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities Measures of central tendency and dispersion Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems Introduction to differential calculus. QSA131 OR QSC131/132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Project 20 Tests & examinations: 9 Selfstudy 65 64

66 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type, e.g. CAF Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING Numeric code QSA131 Alpha- numeric Code QSA131 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom (ACC) 4-year programme module is offered Level 5 At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: - Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion - Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis - Time Value of Money - Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand. - Exponential and logarithmic curves - Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode Main Content - Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations - Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis - Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities - Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance &Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand. - Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to Finance & Economics - Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Tests & examinations: 18 Assignments & Tasks 6 Selfstudy 56 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% 65

67 ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION Alpha-numeric code QSF131 Module numeric Code QSF131 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom 4-year programme, module is offered Level 5 At the end of this module the student should be able to: - demonstrate an understanding of the core (basic) mathematical skills for business - know the difference between mathematical and businessrelated terms - use mathematical notations, formulae and terminology effectively to solve business-related problems - demonstrate an understanding of the number systems - demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers. - apply basic operations (+, -, and ) to Real Numbers. i.e. Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages - solve problems in abstract and real-life situations based on Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages. - demonstrate an understanding and the use of Ratios to describe relationship between two or more quantities and solve business problems - demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and Inverse proportions - construct Linear Graphs using the table method and show how this relates to the solution of linear equations. - demonstrate an understanding of, and work with, basic Algebra, including polynomials of the first degree and basic operations applied to algebraic expressions. - find Products and Factors of algebraic expressions, and solve problems in these related to Commercial Mathematics. - have developed effective basic calculator skills to solve business related problems more efficiently Main Content - Mathematical Thinking Skills - Problem Solving Skills - Number Systems - Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational - Numbers - Basic Operations - Calculator Skills - Fractions and Decimal Fractions - Percentages - Ratio and Proportion - Basic Algebra: First degree polynomials; - Basic Operations - Products and factors - Equations and Inequalities - Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and 66

68 - Quadratic - Powers, Indices and Roots - Measurement, Shape and Space QLC141/142 QLC141/142 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Tests & examinations: 16 Assignments & Tasks 4 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and Assignments, Term tests (50%) Examination (50%) ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141) Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141) Alpha-numeric Code QLC141 Numeric Code QLC141 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module BCOM 4-YEAR PROGRAMME, BADMIN will be offered Level 5 At the end of this module the student should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the number systems demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers. Solve basic arithmetic problems apply basic operations (+, -, and ) to Real Numbers. i.e. Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages simplify algebraic expressions. solve basic algebraic equations including simultaneous equations demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and Inverse proportions draw Linear Graphs using the table and algebraic method draw Parabolic Graphs using the table and algebraic method Main Content Mathematical Thinking Skills Problem Solving Skills Number Systems Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational Numbers Basic Mathematical Operations Calculator Skills Fractions and Decimal Fractions Percentages Basic Algebra: variables, expressions and equations Products and factors 67

69 Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and Quadratic Linear and Quadratic equations Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 4 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments: tests and exams 16 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) CAF: Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and assignments, Term Tests (50%) Examination (50%) ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE Alpha-numeric code QSC131/132 Module numeric Code QSC131/132 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (ACC) 4-year programme, BCom, BCom Law module is offered Level 5 At the end of this module a student should be able to : demonstrate and understand the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: ratio, rates and simple proportion discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis time value of money straight-line and parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit supply/demand exponential and logarithmic curves drawing and interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode 7Main Content Ratio and proportions, rates, approximations Pricing a product, profits, breakeven analysis Simple interest, compound interest, annuities Straight line graphs and parabolas with link to finance and economics e.g. supply/demand Exponential and logarithmic equations and graphs with link to finance and economics Descriptive statistics and measures of central tendency. QSF131/132 OR QLC (70%) Prohibited Combinations QLC141/142 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Tests & examinations: 12 Assignments & Tasks 6 Selfstudy 62 Total Learning Time

70 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Examination 50% Tests, assignments and tasks 50% Faculty EMS Academic Development/SBF/Accounting QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE Alpha-numeric Code QSF141 Credit Value 10 1 semester Proposed semester to be offered. 1 Programmes in which the module will be offered B.Com.(Finance), B.Com.(Financial Accounting), B.Com.(Economics) Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: - Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion - Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis - Time Value of Money - Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand. - Exponential and logarithmic curves - Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode Main Content - Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations - Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis - Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities - Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance & Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand. - Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to Finance & Economics - Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency Pre-requisite modules NSC MATHEMATICS LEVEL 4 (not Mathematics Literacy) Co-requisite modules ECO142 and FIA141 Prohibited module Combination QSC131/132, QSA131/132, MAM126 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 53 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% Final Examination = 50% Assessment Module type CAF 69

71 Business Analysis Business Analysis is offered at the 2 nd year level only to BCom students. The subject comprises of four modules: BSA 201 Quantitiative Business Analysis BSA 203 Analytical & Critical Thinking BSA 204 Introductory Business Research BSA202 Business Communication (This module may only be taken by students with 65% for ALC) Dept to clarify ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 201 Numeric code BSA201 Alpha-numeric Code BSA201 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 At the end of the module a student should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from financial statements Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR) Understand and work with Index Numbers Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity Calculate statistical measures of dispersion Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to economic and financial situations Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and perform simple differentiation Main Content Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms etc Time value of money Capital budgeting Index numbers Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities Measures of central tendency and dispersion Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems Introduction to differential calculus Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Project 30 70

72 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 24 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 1.5 Practicals p.w. 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Examination 50% Tests, assignments and tasks 50% ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202 Numeric Code BSA202 Alpha-numeric Code BSA202 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: Read Business and Academics material comprehensively and critically Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme, Reading Excellence Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays Analyse and summarize written commercial texts Construct effective business documents Main Content Academic reading techniques Text book analysis Reading business journals, magazines and newspapers Computer-Assisted learning Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading and Writing Contextualization and integration of arguments Business documents Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination ACF232 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Project 10 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 20 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 1.5 Practicals p.w. 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments 71

73 ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203 Numeric code BSA203 Alpha-numeric Code BSA203 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 On completion of the module students will be able to demonstrate (a) an understanding of: The requirements of valid arguments and methods of reasoning and analysis The relationships between theory and practice using case study materials B- the ability to Recognize logical fallacies in arguments and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions Select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case studies Analyse case studies professionally and report these results orally and in writing Plan and work in teams to achieve these outcomes Main Content The ingredients of arguments Fallacies and How arguments fail Case studies of fallacies Well structured arguments Becoming a reasoning person Linking practical examples to case studies Interpreting, summarizing and critically analyzing cases Generalising and theorizing Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ACF231 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Project 20 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 1.5 Practicals p.w. 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS

74 Alpha-numeric Code BSA204 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 After the course students will be able to demonstrate: An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research A basic understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen business-related research topic or case study An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research Report Main Content Introduction to Business Research The research process and project plan Library resources and internet for materials search Development of research topic and questions Conducting literature reviews Gathering and collating information Selecting and recognize relevant material and critically evaluating it Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources Pre-requisite modules BSA203 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ACF231 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Project 30 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 24 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 2 Practicals p.w. 1 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Topic e.g. CAF Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments Module Descriptors BCom 3-Year Programme: Academic Literacy for Commerce ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132 Generic Module Name ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132 73

75 Numeric code ALC131(Full time and part-time) ALC132 (Full time repeat module only) Alpgha-numeric Code ALC Credit Value 15 Proposed semester/term SEMESTER Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, BCom Accounting, BCom Law, BAdmin, BCom, BCom (ACC) 4-year programme Level 5 ALC 131/132 aims at improving first-year students academic literacy skills, and the use of productivity software. After the course students will be able to: Demonstrate the use of various listening and note-taking strategies. Demonstrate an understanding of group dynamics. Demonstrate an understanding of analytical and critical thinking Apply critical and analytical reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines. Write well constructed- written assignments and academic essays. Use references and quotations in a coherent and appropriate manner. Summarise main and supporting ideas in written texts. Write well-constructed reports and proposals. Effectively utilize IT-based productivity tools to organize and manage information. Main Content Listening and note-taking skills Group dynamics skills Critical thinking skills Reading skills Writing skills Referencing skills Digital information literacy skills ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Tests & examinations: 6 Assignments & Tasks 30 DAL 14 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week. Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Continuous evaluation: 60% - tests, tutorials and major assignments 40% - examinations 74

76 Department of Accounting Accounting for Management ACM231 and ACM233 will be offered for the last time in 2013 Second Year ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT 231 Generic Module Name ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT 231 Module Code ACM231 Credit Value 20 Semester (1 st semester) Module type University Level 6 The learner should be able to: Determine product cost. Use CVP analysis. Prepare and interpret budgets Make decisions based on relevant accounting data Main Content Cost accumulation for product costing -Job order costing -Process costing -Activity based costing The scope of management accounting Cost and revenue classification Cost-Volume-Profit analysis and interpretation Preparation of production budgets Preparation of flexible budgets Decision making Make or buy decisions Continue or discontinue decisions Pricing decisions 55% ACM 131 or ACM132 Or Financial Accounting 131 and MAN131 or MAN132 ALC 131 or ALC132 and IFS131 OR IFS132 Prohibited combinations Management Accounting 234 Breakdown of learning time Hours B.Time Table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 hrs Lectures per week 3 Assignments & Tasks 44hrs Practicals per week 0 Tests & Examinations 8 Tutorials per week 1 Self Study 92hrs Total Learning Time 200 Assessment type e.g. (CAF) Test, tutorials, assignments and tasks: 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT 233 Generic Module Name ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT 233 Alpha Numeric Code ACM233 Credit Value 20 Semester (2 nd semester) 75

77 Module type University Level 6 The learner should be able to: Prepare and present company annual financial statements Understand financial statements for separate companies and groups Prepare and understand the statement of cash flows Undertake financial analysis and interpretation of financial statements Understand business and financial risk Main Content Framework for the preparation and presentation of financial statements Initial recognition and measurement of selected elements of financial statements Subsequent measurement of selected elements Selected International \Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Statement of cash flows Financial structure and financial instruments Financial analysis and decision making Basic business combinations Capita selecta ACM131 or ACM132 with 55% OR FIA131 and ALC131 or ALC132 and IFS131 or IFS132 Prohibited combinations Accounting Information Applications 237 Breakdown of learning time Hours B.Time Table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 hrs Tests & Examinations 8 Lectures pw 8 Self Study 136 Total Learning Time 200 Assessment type e.g. CAF Test and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Department of Accounting Subject area: Financial Accounting B. Com (Accounting) Level 1 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 131 Alpha-numeric code FIA131 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module is offered. B Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare: -the financial statements of a sole trader 76

78 - various control accounts and their reconciliation (ie. Debtors, creditors, bank) Main Content Accounting as information system Introduction to GAAP and the IFRS Framework Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping Subsidiary journals Control accounts and reconciliation Revenue recognition and profit determination Inventory Property, plant and equipment Financial statement preparation B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum: ACC132 Prohibited Combinations ACM131 or ACM132 or FIA141 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 5 Assessment 9 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w.3 Practicals p.w 0. Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 132 Alpha-numeric code FIA132 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module is offered. B Com (Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare: the financial statements of various forms of business entities. an analysis of accrual financial statements Main Content Non- current assets Accounting for various forms of business entities Companies Non profit organisations etc. Statement of cash flows Reading and analysis of financial statements. FIA131 Prohibited Combinations FIA142 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours 77

79 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 5 Assessment 9 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 150 Total Learning Time B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment Module type CFA Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting 214 Generic module name Financial Accounting 214 Alpha-numeric code FIA214 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP. Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations. FIA 131 and a final mark of 55% for FIA132 or equivalent. Prohibited Combinations FIA241 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment 0 Practicals: 13 Selfstudy 107 Total Learning Time 200 B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. 4 Practicals p.w. 0 78

80 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 225 Alpha-numeric code FIA225 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP. Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations. FIA214 Prohibited Combinations FIA242 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment 0 Practicals: 13 Selfstudy 107 Total Learning Time 200 B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. 4 Practicals p.w. 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 324 Alpha-numeric code FIA324 Credit Value 60 79

81 Year Proposed semester to be offered. Year course Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of this module, the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP. Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations. FIA214 and FIA225 Prohibited Combinations FIA341 and FIA342 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 168 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment 0 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 407 Total Learning Time 600 B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. 5 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark (Two three hour examination papers) Assessment Module type CFA Subject area: Financial Accounting B. Com (Financial Accounting) Level 1 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 141/143 Alpha-numeric Code FIA141/FIA143 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered FIA141 First semester FIA 143 Second semester Programmes in which the module University will be offered Level 5 80

82 Year Level 1 Students should be able to: Define and apply the accounting concepts relating to the elements of the accounting equation. Record transactions using the double entry system. Distinguish between cash and accrual accounting. Apply accrual accounting and other adjustments to the preadjustment trial balance. Distinguish between two methods of recording inventory and be able to apply both. Prepare various control accounts and their reconciliation. Prepare the financial statements of a service and trading business. Analyse and do a basic interpretation of the financial statements of a sole proprietor. Main Content Accounting as information system Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping Accounting for Value Added Tax. Operation of cash controls Bank reconciliation procedures Preparation of the financial statements (excluding statement of cash flows) of a sole trader Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader Pre-requisite modules B.Com Extended Programme: ACC130 or ACC131 or ACC133 and QSF131 or QSF132 Co-requisite modules QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 Prohibited module Combination FIA131 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 28 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 13 Selfstudy 53 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 142 Alpha-numeric Code FIA142 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module will University be offered Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Apply the conceptual framework to the preparation of financial statements of different entities Prepare the statement of cash flows on either the direct or 81

83 Main Content indirect method Apply the statement of cash flows in the analysis of performance and financial position of an entity Analyse and interpret financial statements Record transactions manually in subsidiary journals and ledgers and do relevant controls Recognition, measurement and classification of elements of the financial statements Financial Statements(Including statement of cash flows) of different entities: Close Corporations Companies Non Profit Organisations Analysis and Interpretation of financial statements FIA141 and QSF141 or QSC131 and ALC131 FIA132 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 14 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 21 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Level 2 CFA Tests and, tutorials: 50%of Final mark Examination:50 % of Final mark Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 241 Alpha-numeric Code FIA241 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present company annual financial statements including disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements Manually and by means of an accounting software package calculate financial ratios Analyse and interpret financial statements Main Content Conceptual Framework and preparation and presentation of financial statements. Basic income tax calculations and deferred tax principles Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): 82

84 Revenue Inventory Property, plant & equipment Intangible assets Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets Utilising accounting software in order to calculate financial ratios of a company Analysis and interpretation of financial statements Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting. Pre-requisite modules FIA 141 and FIA 142 or FIA 131 and FIA 132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination FIA214 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Practicals: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 14 Selfstudy 81 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 50% Tests, practicals & assignments 50% Exam Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 242 Alpha-numeric Code FIA242 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second semester Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present company annual financial statements including the disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements Calculate the effect on financial statements as result of management decisions relating to changes in accounting policies, estimates and the effect of fundamental errors Prepare basic business combinations Undertake financial analysis and interpretation of financial statements and report thereon Assess business and financial risk Main Content Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Net profit, prior period errors and changes in accounting policy Events after reporting period Earnings per share Statement of cash flows 83

85 Financial structure and financial instruments Financial analysis and decision making Basic business combinations Borrowing costs Interpretation of financial analysis of a company including the identification of any financial and business risk and reporting thereon Use the report writer of an accounting package to prepare reports to management on the financial performance and financial position of a company Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting. Pre-requisite modules FIA 241 or FIA 214 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination FIA225 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Practicals: 14 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 81 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 50% Tests, practicals & assigments 50% Exam Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 341 Alpha-numeric Code FIA341 Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module will B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); Main Content This module will cover the following specific topics: The Conceptual Framework; Preparation and presentation Financial Statements, including the statement of cash flows and notes to the financial statements; A selection of standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), including but not limited to the following: Financial instruments: Disclosures; 84

86 Taxation; Leases; Property, plant and equipment; Investment property; Intangible assets; Provisions, contingent assets and liabilities Borrowing costs; Earnings per share (separate companies); Events after the reporting period. The IFRS on Construction Contracts will be covered on the level of awareness Write reports on financial and business risk as well as on financial performance and financial position. Pre-requisite modules FIA241 and FIA242 or FIA214 and FIA225 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination FIA324 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 109 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type CFA Tests, tutorials and practicals: 50% of final mark Examination: 50% of final mark Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 342 Alpha-numeric Code FIA342 Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present separate and consolidated financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); Main Content This module will cover the following specific topics: Group financial statements; Preparation and presentation of Group Financial Statements, including the group statement of cash flows and notes to the group financial statements; Selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), including but not limited to the following: Taxation; Share based payments; Segmental reporting; 85

87 Earnings per share (group); Foreign entities and the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates; Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations; Related party disclosure. The IFRS on share based payments and segmental reporting will be covered at the level of awareness Case study of a group annual report of a selected listed public company. Pre-requisite modules FIA341 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination FIA324 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 109 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Tests, tutorials and practicals: 50% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA Subject area: Auditing B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 86 Examination: 50% of final mark Auditing Alpha-numeric Code AUD236 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 2 Programmes in which the Module B Com (Accounting) and is Offered B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain the functions and responsibilities of an external auditor. Explain the importance of ethical behaviour by professional accountants, and apply SAICA s Code of Professional Conduct to scenario-type questions. Apply the Auditing Profession Act, specifically sections 45 and 46, to scenario-type questions. Explain the flow of the external audit process. Explain concepts and principles important to the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment. Perform a basic risk assessment. Calculate materiality, with motivation. Explain control techniques. Design basic internal control systems, identify weaknesses in a control system and recommend improvement to address such weaknesses. Draft tests of controls. Explain the different types of reports that an external auditor

88 can issue. Main Content An introduction to external auditing SAICA s Code of Professional Conduct The Auditing Profession Act The audit process Materiality determination Risk assessment Internal control techniques Audit testing techniques The application of control techniques to two cycles The application of audit testing techniques to two cycles BET211 Prohibited Combinations AUD241 and AUD242 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Assignments and Tasks 7 Assessments 15 Practicals 0 Self-study 36 Total Learning Time 100 Time-table Requirements per Week Lectures 2 Practicals 0 Tutorials 1 Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Business Ethics Generic Module Name Business Ethics 211 Alpha-numeric Code BET211 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 1 Programmes in which the Module is B Com (Accounting) and Offered B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level. Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment. Explain the core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam. Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticize extreme relativism. Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticize the theories: 87

89 Virtue ethics. Rule morality, and more specifically Kant s version thereof. Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham s and Mill s versions thereof. Make ethical decisions by applying Kant s version of rule morality and Bentham s and Mill s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios. Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making. Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put forward by Adam Smith. Explain Karl Marx s theory about the inevitable march of history, and criticize his theory. Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice. Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility. Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the role of the board of directors. Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a contentious governance-related matter. Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries. Explain the characteristics of a profession, and how those characteristics apply to the accounting and auditing professions. Explain the basic structure of IFAC s Code of Conduct, as adopted by SAICA and IRBA, and the fundamental principles in that code. Explain three theories about the nature of the organization. Main Content Some important value systems General theory of ethics Issues of macro-ethics The moral obligations of the modern corporation An introduction to corporate governance Ethics management The professional status of the professional accountant Some organisational theories MAN131 or MAN132; and FIA132 or equivalent; and ALC131 or ALC132 Prohibited Combinations BET242 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 28 Assignments and Tasks 30 Assessments 5.5 Practicals 0 Self-study 36.5 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table Requirements per 88

90 Week Lectures 2 Practicals 0 Tutorials 0 Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 60% of final mark Final exam: 40% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Accounting ACCOUNTING INFORMATION APPLICATIONS Generic Module Name ACCOUNTING INFORMATION APPLICATIONS ACC 237 Alpha Numeric Code ACC237 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Second Programmes in which the module is BCom (Acc) offered BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year level 2 At the end of the module, a student should be able to: Understand the need for access to information. Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool. Understand the basic components of a business process model. Use process models to document business activities. Critically appraise a business process model. Enhance financial reporting using IT tools. Use spreadsheets to analyse business data. Use accounting software packages to process accounting information. Use business intelligence software to provide. management information and financial reporting Demonstrating an understanding of e-business systems Main Content The role of information within business. Business processes and enterprise software. Data Modelling and Business Intelligence. Processing using computerised accounting packages. Using spreadsheets for financial analysis and reporting. Using Internet tools in an accounting context Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting IFS 131 or IFS132 and FIA131 and FIA132 Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/ tutor 42 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment: 12 Practicals: 6 Self Study 30 Total Learning Time 100 Time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 1 Practicals p.w.2 Tutorials p.w.0 89

91 Method of student assessment Test and Tutorials :50% final mark Examination :50% final mark Assessment module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 322 Alpha-numeric Code AUD322 Credit Value 30 Year Proposed Semester to be Offered Year Programmes in which the Module B Com (Accounting) and will be Offered B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, a student should be able to: Discuss, explain and apply the regulatory principles, particularly as contained in the International Standards of Auditing, governing the external auditor s work. Discuss and apply the various stages of the external audit process to a given scenario. Apply the principles and concepts governing the various stages of the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment Design, evaluate, test and criticize the internal controls systems in a given scenario. Design, for manual and computerised environments, audit programmes. Formulate, select and discuss the appropriate type of audit report that an external auditor can issue in a given situation. Critically discuss and apply principles of corporate governance. All of the outcomes found in the Auditing 236 module descriptor are examinable in this module. Main Content The stages of the external audit process Concepts and principles important to the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment The regulatory environment governing the external auditor s work, including International Standards of Auditing Internal controls in manual and computerised environments Audit testing in manual and computerised environments The reports that an external auditor can issue Corporate governance IT applications CPL211; and AUD236; and FIA214 and FIA225 Prohibited Combinations AUD341 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 112 Assignments and Tasks 30 Practicals 0 Assessments

92 Self-study Total Learning Time 300 Time-table Requirements per Week Lectures 4 Practicals 0 Tutorials 4 Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Subject area: Auditing B Com (Financial Accounting) Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 241 Alpha-numeric Code AUD241 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 1 Programmes in which the Module B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com will be Offered Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain basic theory relating to the role of the internal auditing function in the modern corporation Explain types of internal audit Explain the importance of the Institute of InternaI Auditors standards for the professional practice of internal auditing, and apply some of these standards to scenario-type questions Explain the performance objectives of organisations Explain important concepts relating to risk assessment, and perform basic risk assessments Explain control frameworks, with an emphasis on control techniques Explain how audit evidence can be collected and assessed Explain the flow of the internal audit process Main Content The emerging role of internal auditing Types of internal audit The Institute of InternaI Auditors standards for the professional practice of internal auditing The performance objectives of organisations Risk assessment Control frameworks Audit evidence The internal audit process and documentation Pre-requisite Modules FIA141 and FIA142 or FIA131 and FIA132, AND ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisite Modules 91

93 Prohibited Module Combination AUD236 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practicals 0 Assessments 5 Self-study 35 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table Requirement per Week Lectures 3 Practical 0 Tutorials 0 Methods of Student Assessment CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 242 Alpha-numeric Code AUD242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 2 Programmes in which the Module B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com will be Offered Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain the flow of the internal audit process Explain basic theory relating to control and performance evaluation, e.g. the purpose of controls and the types of controls Explain the theory relating to audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods, focusing on the application of sampling Explain the steps to be followed during the planning phase of the internal audit engagement Explain the steps to be followed when drafting an audit report, including follow-up actions Apply the above theory to scenario-type questions Explain sound corporate governance practices, and apply corporate governance theory to scenario-type questions Explain the interaction between an organisation s financial accounting function, internal audit function and external auditors Explain the internal auditor s duties regarding the organisation s regulatory and legal compliance Main Content The internal audit process and documentation Control and performance evaluation Audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods Engagement planning Audit reporting and follow-up Corporate governance The internal audit function and financial accounting and finance The legal and regulatory environment 92

94 Auditing in a computerised environment General and application controls CAATS Pre-requisite Modules AUD241 Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination AUD236 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practicals 0 Assessments 5 Self-study 35 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table Requirement per Week Lectures 3 Practical 0 Tutorials 0 Methods of Student Assessment CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Business Ethics Generic Module Name Business Ethics 242 Alpha-numeric Code BET242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. 2 Programmes in which the B Com(Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com (Human module will be offered Resources), B Com Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon successful completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level. Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment. Explain some core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam. Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticise extreme relativism. Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticise the theories: Virtue ethics Rule morality, and more specifically Kant s version thereof Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham s and Mill s versions thereof Apply Kant s version of rule morality and Bentham s and Mill s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios. Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making. 93

95 Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put forward by Smith. Explain Marx s theory about the inevitable march of history, and criticise his theory. Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility. Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the role of the board of directors. Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a contentious governance-related matter. Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries. Explain three theories about the nature of the organisation. Main Content Some value systems Some important ethical theories The free market system and the Marxist critique of the free market system The moral obligations of the corporation Corporate governance Ethics management Some theories about the nature of the organisation Pre-requisite modules ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination BET211 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 Assessments 5.5 Selfstudy 36.5 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment CAM: 60% Exam: 40% Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 341 Alpha-numeric Code AUD341 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 1 Programmes in which the Module B.Com (Financial Accounting) will be Offered Level 7 Year Level 3 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Assess controls as outlined in a scenario-type question, point out control weaknesses, and make recommendations about controls that can be implemented to address such weaknesses 94

96 Explain what quality assurance should involve, and apply the relevant theory to a scenario-type question Explain the independent review process Main Content Auditing in a computerised environment networks and related concepts Controls techniques Controls in the following cycles: Revenue and receipts cycle Acquisition and payments cycle Inventory and production cycle Payroll and personnel cycle Internal audit quality Overview of the independent review process Pre-requisite Modules AUD241 and AUD242 Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination AUD327 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 56 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practicals 0 Assessments 7 Self-study 69 Total Learning Time 150 Time-table Requirement per Week Lectures 3 Practical 0 Tutorials 1 Methods of Student Assessment CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 234 Alpha Numeric Code MAC234 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered First Programmes in which the module is offered BCom (Acc) BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year level 2 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service; Prepare and comment on cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing 95

97 and activity based costing; Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results; Prepare income statements based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods; Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets and comment on their use as control instruments; Comment on the standard costing system as a control technique, compute basic variances and reconcile actual profit with budgeted profit; Evaluate the performance of managers; Main Content Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting; Cost concepts and classifications Cost elements materials, labour and overheads Cost accumulation systems job costing, process costing; Direct and absorption costing Cost-volume profit analysis Budgeting Standard costing FIA131 and FIA132 and ALC131 or ALC132 Prohibited combinations MAC241 A. Breakdown of learning time Amended Hours Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Assignments & tasks: 0 Assessment: 9 Practicals: 0 Self Study 35 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. -0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of student assessment: Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment module type: CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Corporate and Financial Management Generic Module Name Corporate and Financial Management CFM221 Alpha-numeric Code CFM221 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Second Programmes in which the module will be offered BCom (Acc) BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year level 2 At the end of the module students will be able to: Develop and evaluate an entity s strategies. Demonstrate an understanding of an entity s plan for risk 96

98 management. Demonstrate an understanding of an entity s governance model. Establish and evaluate overall financial goals. Analyse an entity s financial situation. Demonstrate an understanding of strategies for avoiding and dealing with business failure. Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of risk and return and the portfolio theory. Demonstrate an understanding of the cost of capital and the capital structure of an entity. Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the capital budgeting process. Main Content Business strategy. Risk management concepts. Aspects of corporate governance. Functions of financial management. Analysis of financial information. Business in difficulty. Time value of money. Risk and return and the portfolio theory. Cost of capital. Capital structure. Capital budgeting. Pre-requisite modules MAC234 and BET211 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination FIM242 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 15 Practicals p.w. - Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment CAM 40% final mark Examination 60% final mark Assessment module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 314 Alpha Numeric Code MAC314 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered First Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and module is offered B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year level 3 At the end of the module the learner should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems. 97

99 Devise appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design. Main Content Joint and by-product costing Cost volume profit analysis Relevant cost Activity-based costing Budgeting Standard costing Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing Cost estimation and behaviour Linear programming IT applications MAC234 Prohibited combinations MAC341 A. Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Assignments & tasks: 0 Assessment: 9 Practicals: 0 Self Study 85 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w.0 - Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of student assessment: Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment module type: CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FMA324 Alpha Numeric Code FMA324 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Second Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and module is offered B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities, within the context of its environment Make recommendations designed to responsibly manage an entity through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the entity. Main Content Valuations Capital Budgeting Management of working capital Cost of Capital Capital structure 98

100 Financing decisions Dividends Mergers, takeovers and divestitures Treasury function IT applications CFM221 and MAC314 Prohibited combinations FIM342 A. Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment: 9 Practicals: 0 Self Study 75 Total Learning Time 150 B. Time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of student assessment: Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment module type: CFA Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management B Com (Financial Accounting) Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 241 Alpha-numeric Code MAC241 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service; Prepare cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing; Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results; Prepare the statement of comprehensive income based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods; Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets. 99

101 Applying basic techniques and principles in the decision making process. Main Content Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting; Cost concepts, classifications and the nature of costs; Cost elements materials, labour and overheads; Cost accumulation systems job costing, process costing and activity-based costing; Direct and absorption costing; Cost-volume-profit analysis; Budgeting; Basic decision making applications. Pre-requisite modules FIA141 and FIA142 or FIA131 and FIA132 and QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 and ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination MAC234 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 35 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination: 50% Final mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Management Generic Module Name Financial Management 242 Alpha-numeric Code FIM242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. 2 nd Semester Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of this module, the learner should be able to: Evaluate an entity s financial strategies. Evaluate overall financial goals. Analyse an entity s financial situation. Comprehend the principles of risk and return. Calculate and apply the concepts of cost of capital and the capital structure of an entity. Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of capital budgeting process. Main Content Business strategy. Risk management concepts. Functions of financial management. 100

102 Analysis of financial information. Time value of money. Risk and return. Cost of capital. Capital structure. Capital budgeting. Pre-requisite modules MAC241 or MAC234 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination CFM221 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 35 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination: 50% Final mark Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 341 Alpha-numeric Code MAC341 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Apply costing concepts in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems. Apply appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design. Main Content Joint and by-product costing Cost volume profit analysis Relevant cost and decision making Activity-based costing Zero based budgeting Standard costing Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing Pre-requisite modules MAC241 or MAC234 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination MAC314 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w

103 Assignments & tasks: - Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination: 50% Total mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Management Generic Module Name Financial Management 342 Alpha-numeric Code FIM342 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. 2 nd semester Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Calculate, analyse and evaluate investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities. Main Content Valuations Capital Budgeting Management of working capital Cost of Capital Capital structure Financing decisions Dividends Pre-requisite modules FIM242 or CFM221 and MAC341 or MAC314 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination FMA324 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: - Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination: 50% Final mark Assessment Module type CFA 102

104 Subject Area: Taxation B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic module name Taxation 228 Alpha-numeric code TAX228 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module is B.Com(Acc) offered. B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information, and do basic calculations of the Income Tax Act, The Value-Added Tax Act. Identify the different concepts, interpret and analyse the information in the framework for the determination of taxable income and income tax Main Content Gross Income, Exempt Income and Taxable Income General Deductions Formula Special Deductions Individuals Administration, Returns, Assessments, Objection and Appeal Value-Added Tax, Donations Tax and Estate Duty Taxation of capital gains ALC131or ALC132 and FIA214 Prohibited Combinations TAX242 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: Assessment 7 Practicals: Selfstudy 51 Total Learning Time 100 B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. 2 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Methods of Student Assessment Test & Tutorials (DP): 40% of final mark Examination: 60% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA 103

105 Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic module name Taxation327 Alpha-numeric code TAX327 Credit Value 30 Year Proposed semester to be offered. Year Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information, and do basic and complex calculations of the Income Tax Act, The Value-Added Tax Act and Estate duty Act Extract the relevant information required for the calculation of a person s liability for normal tax, value-added tax, donations tax, provisional tax and turnover tax; and Calculate a person s liabilities for normal tax, value-added tax, donations tax, provisional tax and turnover tax Main Content Normal Tax Business entities Value-Added Tax Donations Tax Turnover Tax Capital Gains Tax Special rules on employees Assessed losses Trading stock Provisional Tax IT applications TAX228; and FIA214 and FIA225 Prohibited Combinations TAX343 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 112 Assignments & tasks: 28 Assessment Practicals: 12 Selfstudy 148 Total Learning Time 300 B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w.1 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark Assessment Module type CFA 104

106 Subject Area: Taxation B Com (Financial Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic Module Name Taxation 242 Alpha-numeric Code TAX242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Semester 2 Programmes in which the module B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the modules students should be able to: Define and identify the different components of the taxable income framework. Identify information required to calculate an individual s taxable income Calculate an individual s taxable income. Identify and distinguish between different types of retirement benefits. Perform Retirement benefit calculations for an Individual. Complete an individual s tax return Main Content Gross Income: General Definitions :Special Inclusions Exemptions General Deductions: General Definition :Special Deductions Individuals Retirement Benefit Planning Pre-requisite modules FIA141 and FIA142 or FIA131, and FIA132 AND ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination TAX228 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 8 Selfstudy 26 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Tutorials and Assignments (CAM): 50 % of final mark Examination: 50% of Final Mark Assessment Module type CFA 105

107 Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic Module Name Taxation 343 Alpha-numeric Code TAX343 Credit Value 30 Year Proposed semester to be offered. Year module Programmes in which the module B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the course the student should be able to : Identify and apply the main provisions of the Income Tax Act, The VAT Act, and the Estate Duty Act. Extract and apply relevant information required for the calculation of Income Tax, VAT, Donations Tax and Estate Duty. Calculate a person s liability for income tax, VAT, donations tax and estate duty. Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return. Complete a salary reconciliation on an accounting software package and complete a PAYE return. Main Content Value Added Tax Capital Gains Tax Employees & Provisional Tax Fringe Benefits Donations Tax Estate Duty Administration Companies & Closed Corporations Capital Allowances & Recoupments Assessed Losses Dividends & Dividend Tax Turnover Tax for Micro-businesses Partnerships Trading stock Pre-requisite modules TAX242 or TAX228 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination TAX327 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 112 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 15 Selfstudy 113 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Test, Tutorials & Assignments(CAM) Examination 50% of final mark 50% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA 106

108 School of Business and Finance Two majors are offered in the School Management and Finance. On completion of Management at the 2 nd year level, students may select Finance as a 3 rd year major. Admission to Finance as a major requires (MAN307 and MAN308) requires 55% in both Finance modules (MAN235 and MAN234) at the 2 nd year level or a pass in MAN312. Entrepreneurship and Insurance are offered as half subjects at the 3 rd year First Year Level Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS or Law faculties are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB 133)in the 1 st Semester before completing MAN 132 in the 2 nd Semester (or MAN131 if taken the following year). Management First Year SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code IEB 131 (for non-ems students) IEB133 (for EMS Students) IEB134 (Repeat module in the 2 nd semester) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme BCom.(Gen) Extended Curriculum, B.A., SRes or Law Level 5 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy. Describe and evaluate South Africa s recent economic performance. Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings. Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate. Develop a business plan for a small business. Main Content Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles Overview of the South African economy Perfect and imperfect competition Production and costs Role of entrepreneurship The environment in which small business operates Establishing a small business. Principles underlying the main functional areas. Compilation of the Business Plan Man131 or Man132 for 4-year programme students and Non-EMS students Prohibited Combinations 107

109 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 7 Selfstudy 57 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests (60%); Examination 40% MANAGEMENT MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Generic module name MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN131 (1 st Semester) MAN132 (2 nd Semester) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 5 At the end of the module students will be able to describe and demonstrate an understanding of : the nature of the business enterprise and its constituent components the process of establishing a business in South Africa the internal and external environment within which businesses operate the requirements of successful entrepreneurs/ship. the principles of managing the main functional areas the basic management principles such as planning, organizing, leading and controlling the dynamics of working and completing tasks in a group Main Content Overview of the business enterprise as a system Historical development of the field of Management. External and internal business environment Entrepreneurship. Establishing a business. Principles of managing the main functional areas marketing, employment relations/human resources, operations and finance Functions of management planning, organising, leading, controlling IEB131 or IEB133 or IEB134 IEB131 or IEB133 or IEB134 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 hours Time (hours) Assignments and tasks: 30 hours Tests and examinations: 7 hours Self-study: 57 hours Practicals: 0 hours Total learning time: 150 hrs Methods of Student Assessment Test(s); tutorials, assignments (60%) Examination 40%. 108

110 Second Year Consists of 4 compulsory modules, 2 in each semester BCom (Extended 4-year), BAdmin and students not registered for degrees in EMS may register for Management or SME Management comprising the following modules: MANAGEMENT MAN231 Marketing MAN235 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN233 Operations Management MAN234 Business Finance SME MANAGEMENT MAN231 Marketing MAN206 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN201 Entrepreneurship MAN233 Operations Management Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for Man201, Man231, Man233 and Man206 at the first attempt to major in Management at 3 rd year level. Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3 rd year level but may not be able to continue to Honours studies in Management. Semester 1 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MARKETING Generic module name MARKETING Alpha-numeric code MAN231 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom. BCom.(Law), B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin, B.A.(SRM), BSc(CHS), BA (Tourism), Bed (EMS) Level 6 At the end of the module, the student should be able to: Describe, explain and apply the fundamental principles and practices of marketing for profit-seeking and non profit-seeking organizations Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for various types of organizations. Main Content Strategic Marketing planning and environmental analysis Product, pricing, distribution and promotion strategies International marketing MAN 111 and MAN 121/ MAN131/MAN132; ALC131/ ALC132 or equivalent Prohibited Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-table of Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Assignments & tasks: 10 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 45 Other: Groupwork 7 109

111 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Tests and Assignments (60%) Assessment Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE MANAGEMENT FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic module name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric code MAN235 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Law), BCom(Evenings), BAdmin Level 6 This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results Perform time value of money calculations Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning techniques Main Content Financial statement analysis Time value of money Break-even analysis and profit planning Working capital management Computer simulations MAN 111 and MAN 121/MAN 131/MAN 132; QSC131/ QSC132/ QSA131/ MAM126/ ECO135/STA 132/ BUS131/BUS132 Man 234; ACM131/132 or FIA131/FIA141; BUS131 Prohibited Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-table of Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 43 Other: Groupwork Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) Semester 2 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Generic Module name OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Alpha numeric Code Man 233 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS) Level 6 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate knowledge of basic operations management concepts 110

112 Develop an understanding of how to use basic operations management techniques Apply the operations management concepts and techniques to analyse and improve operations Main Content Basic concepts of operations management Operational process types & management Forecasting & capacity management Production & service planning Inventory and supply chain management Quality management & implementation of lean operations MAN 111 and MAN 121/ MAN131/MAN 132; ALC131/ALC132; QSC131/ QSC132/QSA131 (50%) or MAN206 (Finance for SME s) (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / 33 Lectures p.w. 2 (1 x1) 1.5 tutor: Assignments & tasks: 10 Tutorials p.w 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals:. Selfstudy/Preparation 45 Other: Test/Exam Prep 7 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tutorials & tests (60%) Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT BUSINESS FINANCE Generic Module name MANAGEMENT BUSINESS FINANCE Alpha numeric Code MAN234 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin Level 6 At the end of the module students will be able to: Understand the relationship between risk and return Value assets and bonds Analyse options when investing in assets Identify and determine the cost of capital of various financing options Main Content Risk and return Valuation of assets Capital budgeting Working Capital Management MAN 111 and MAN 121/MAN131/MAN132; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131 MAN126; BUS131/BUS132; MAN 235 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-Table Requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor:

113 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w.1.5 Tests & examinations: 6 Tests 6 x 1 Examination 1x2 Practicals: Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tutorials & tests (60%) Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE ENTREPRENEURSHIP STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS Generic module name ENTREPRENEURSHIP STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS Alpha-numeric code MAN201 Credit Value 10 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered B.Com.(Management), BCom (Extended), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS), BSc (CHS) Level 6 The module aims to develop a broad understanding of factors to be considered when starting a new business. At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated an understanding of the: Enterprise development and entrepreneurship as fields of study The relationship between entrepreneurship, enterprise development and economic growth in South Africa. Challenges facing entrepreneurs and enterprise development policies Procedures for starting the enterprise Tools and reporting techniques to communicate the venture with interested parties requirements of a business plan for starting a small enterprise Main Content Entrepreneurship and enterprise development policy and practice Overview of successful enterprises Characteristics of successful entrepreneurs Establishing a new enterprise Business plan components Procedures in developing a business plan MAN111 and MAN121/MAN131/MAN132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent MAN206 Prohibited combinations A. Breakdown of Learning time Hours Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 35 Assignments & Tasks 10 Assessment (test and 5 examinations) Practicals 0 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type e.g. Tests and Tutorials : 60% final mark (CAF) Examination : 40% final mark 112

114 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES Generic Module Name FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES Alpha-numeric Code MAN206 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered BAdmin., B.A(SRM), BA (Tourism), BSC (CHS), BEd (EMS subjects), BCom (Extended) Level 7 At the end of the module, students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: Different sources of SME funding and decision tools used to choose between them; Tax implications for different types of enterprise forms Preparation of capital and operational budgets for SMEs and decisions regarding sources of financing for SMEs; How to determine the cost price of a product or service Main Content Application of key finance techniques to address the practical challenges faced in financing a growing SME: Sources of funding available, including state support, venture capital and private equity funding; Working capital management; Different enterprise forms and their financial/tax implications; Budgeting and planning techniques; and Costing Pre-requisite modules MAN111 and MAN121/MAN131/MAN132; ALC131/ALC132/ EED or equivalent Co-requisite modules MAN201 Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments: 7 Selfstudy 30 Other:Class preparation 10 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type Assignments; projects; tests (60%); Final assessment (40%). Third Year Three majors are offered in the School of Business and Finance Management, Finance and SME Management (each comprising four 15-credit modules) Students may also register for half majors (each comprising two 15-credit modules). Half majors will be phased out after 2015 Management Compulsory Modules: Management 314 and

115 Electives: Any of the following pairs of modules (2 x 15 credits) if offered a. Management MAN 305 and 312 b. Management MAN 305 and MAN325 c. Management MAN 303 and 306 d. Finance MAN 307 and 308 (Investments) e. Insurance IST309 and IST310 Finance Compulsory Modules: Management MAN 305, 307, 308 and 312 SME Management Compulsory Modules: Management 314 and Management 325 Project Management Electives: One of the following pairs of modules ( 2x15 credits) a. Management MAN303 Service Marketing and MAN306 Retailing b. Entrepreneurship MAN333 Business Law for SME s and MAN339 SME Business Planning (if offered) MANAGEMENT DIVISION SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS Generic module name RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS Alpha-numeric code MAN314 Credit Value 15 Semester 1 Programmes in which the module is offered BCom,B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin, Relevant non-ems degrees. Level 7 The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should have demonstrated the ability to: Explain all elements of the business research process Formulate research questions and design a simple study Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business topic Collect and analyse relevant data and compile it in a comprehensive report Conduct professional oral and written business communications relating to the research project utilizing appropriate technology Main Content The research process and business communication models Research questions, design and literature reviews Research project planning and proposal writing Qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection Analyzing data reporting findings Oral and written types of professional business communications, incuding , letters, proposals and presentations MAN131/MAN 132 OR MAN 111 and 121; QSC131/QSC132/ QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231; MAN 233; 114

116 MAN235/MAN 234/MAN201 and MAN206 MAN 304 Prohibited Combinations ADM622 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials 1 Selfstudy 45 Other: Class Prep 20 Total Learning Time 150 Method of student assessment Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Generic module name STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN304 Credit Value 15 Semester 2 Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin Level 7 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: (a) demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the analytical tools used to: Manage the process strategy formulation, choice and implementation. Analyse the external business environment that companies compete in Identify resources and capabilities to sustain competitive advantage Develop the mission, vision and the strategic objectives Select and choose appropriate corporate, competitive and functional strategies in an integrated manner Implement and monitor selected strategies (b) apply the above analytical tools to case studies Main Content Strategy and strategic management Analysis of macro, competitive and internal business environments Developing mission, vision and a strategic objectives Strategic leadership, organizational culture and values Formulating and integrating corporate competitive and functional strategies Competitive advantage and strategic choice Systems to implement strategy MAN131/MAN 132 OR MAN 111 and 121; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN231, MAN 233; MAN 235/MAN234 MAN 314; MAN234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor:

117 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials 1 Selfstudy 55 Total Learning Time 150 Method of student assessment Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT SERVICES MARKETING Alpha-numeric code MAN 303 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 ND ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom; B.Com.(Management), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BAdmin, Relevant non-ems degrees Level 7 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: Describe and apply the fundamental principles of services marketing Analyse and interpret customer expectations and perceptions Design customer service recovery strategies Main Content Consumer behaviour in services Customer expectations and perceptions Service delivery Managing demand and supply in services QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231, MAN 233, MAN 234/MAN 235/MAN201 and MAN206 MAN306 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT RETAIL MANAGEMENT Generic module name RETAIL MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN306 (111306) Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (Law), BAdmin, Relevant non-ems degrees module is offered Level 7 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated an understanding of: The significance and characteristics of retailing. The role that retailing plays within the economy. 116

118 The effect environmental factors have on retailing The delivery of adequate customer service Planning basic retailing mix strategies Main Content Nature of Retailing Retail Institutions Retail Environment Buying Behaviour of Consumers Legal and Ethical Aspects of retailing Retail organization and Human resources Store Facilities Management Merchandise Management Merchandise Logistics Pricing Customer Service QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN 234 or MAN 235 or Man201 and Man206. MAN303 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies, Tests, Assignments, Tutorials (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Generic module name EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN324 Credit Value 15 Semester 1 (Evenings only) Programmes in which the BCom (Evenings), BAdmin (Part-time). module is offered. Credit 7 At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an understanding of : Main challenges in managing employment relations (ER) and employees in South Africa The field from the perspectives of different disciplines and the roles of management, labour and government How management can select a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively How human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to enhance effectiveness (b) practical competencies in negotiations and in conducting simple research projects Main Content Conceptual frameworks for ER Historical and environmental context Trade union, management and state approaches Bargaining, negotiations and dispute resolution Human resource strategy 117

119 Employee and union participation in decision-making Employment Equity Compensation and performance management Training and skills development Flexible utilization of labour QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN231, MAN233, MAN235 or MAN234 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 68 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, tutorials, research assignments (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT CAPITA SELECTA Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code MAN332 (111029) Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered. BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin Level 7 Outcomes will vary depending on the course content Main Content Subject to the availability of visiting academic staff Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, assignments, presentation, tutorial exercises (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name PROJECT MANAGEMENT MAN325 Alpha-numeric Code MAN325 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester 2 Programmes in which the module will be offered BCom. (Gen), BCom(Management), BCom.(Law), BAdmin., BCom.(4 year), other programmes which permit Management as a major. Level 7 At the end of the module, the students will have demonstrated : 118

120 An understanding of the need for project management and the role of project managers An understanding of: o the Project Management Processes and how to apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle o the expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project Management An understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each knowledge area How to apply the above in order to plan a project effectively The ability to assess the viability of a project proposal Main Content Introduction to Project Management Role and characteristics of project managers Project Management Processes and Actions Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes Closing Activities Key Knowledge and Competence Areas Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management Project Communication and Procurement Management Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management Project Risk Management Project Integration Management Project planning and evaluation Pre-requisite modules QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132, STA131/132/BUS131/132; MAN233; MAN234 or MAN235 or MAN206 and MAN201 Co-requisite modules MAN305 or MAN324 or MAN339 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning time Hours B. Time-table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor 40 Lectures p.w 2 Assignments & Tasks 30 Practicals pw 0 Practicals 0 Tutorials pw 1 Tests & examinations 7 Selfstudy 42 Class preparation 31 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, tests; tutorial exercises; project (60%) and examination (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES Generic module name BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES Alpha-numeric code MAN333 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered. BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom(Extended), BAdmin, BA (Tourism) BA (SRM), BSc(CHS), B.Ed(EMS) Level 7 At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated Knowledge of the establishment, trading and labour laws and regulations that affect the small business owner Understanding of the implications of each law for operating a small business. 119

121 Main Content Key legislation relating to SMEs: Contract law Statutory requirements that impact on the operations of SMEs Tax and trading legislation Labour laws Basic Conditions of Employment, Labour Relations, Employment Equity and Skills Development. MAN 111 and MAN 121/ MAN131/MAN 132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent; MAN201 and MAN206 OR MAN231, MAN233 and MAN234/MAN 235. MAN339 Prohibited Combinations MAN205 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 1 Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tutorials, Test and Project (60%) Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE SME BUSINESS PLANNING Generic module name SME BUSINESS PLANNING Alpha-numeric code MAN339 Credit Value 15 Semester - full time only (until 2013) Programmes in which the BCom.(Extended), BAdmin, BA (Tourism), BA (SRM), BSc(CHD), module is offered. Bed (EMS) Level 7 At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated: An understanding of the challenges of establishing, operating and growing a small enterprise in a competitive market The ability to choose a viable business form for a new venture The ability to prepare a comprehensive business plan to start and manage their own viable small enterprise The ability to utilize analytical and productivity tools to improve SME performance An understanding of the role of forming networks, alliances and partnerships to create business opportunities Main Content This module provides an intensive coverage of the various aspects of engaging in a new business venture, including: Starting or acquiring a small business or franchise; conducting practical SWOT analysis and identifying Critical Success Factors in the sector Planning and operating various kinds of small businesses The business plan as a tool to secure financing, operate and grow the business Business analysis and productivity improvement Creating and managing networks, alliances and partnerships with other businesses QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 and MAN201 MAN

122 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 65 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Draft plan, Presentations, Executive Summaries, Individual Project, Tests (60%) Summative Assessment: Business Plan (40%) FINANCE DIVISION SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic module name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric code MAN 305 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom ;B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin Level 7 At the end of the module, the student should be able to demonstrate an understanding of and the application of various types of mathematical decision-making and forecasting models to financial and operations problems Decision and transportation analysis Main Content Regression analysis and forecasting Inventory control models and linear programming Network models Project Management Computer simulation models QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 233, MAN 234(55%), MAN 235(55%) MAN 312 or MAN 325 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Generic module name INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN307 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours) 121

123 Level 7 At the end of the module, students will demonstrate the ability to Explain the Investment Environment Utilize investment management analytical tools Perform company and share valuations Main Content Selecting investments in a global market Organization and functioning markets Security Market Indicator Series Market Efficiency Portfolio Management and Asset-pricing Models Investor constraints and objectives QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 234 (55%) and MAN 235 (55%) or MAN 312 MAN308 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Tutorials, project (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Generic module name INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric code MAN308 Credit Value 15 Semester 2 Programmes in which the BCom.(Gen), B.Com (Finance), BCom(Law), BCom.(Evenings) module is offered. Level 7 At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated the ability to: Value investment securities Hedge investments using derivative securities Main Content Introduction to Security Valuation Introduction to Fixed Income Security Analysis Convertible Securities Hedging financial risk Introduction to the valuation of derivative instruments Technical Analysis Real estate and other tangible investments QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 234 (55%), MAN 235 (55%) or MAN 312; MAN 307 (40%) MAN 307 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorial p.w 1 122

124 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Tests, project, assignment (60%); Final Assessment (40%) Assessment SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - SHORT TERM INSURANCE Generic module name SHORT TERM INSURANCE Alpha-numeric code IST309 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the BCom., BCom(Finance), BCom. (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin. module is offered Level 7 Students should be able to demonstrate a) an understanding of: Legal and tax issues of Insurance contracts Personal and Commercial Insurance The FAIS Act and its implications Legal and Taxation Principles Relationship of Insurance Products and their risks b) an ability to identify and analyse insurance risk Main Content Risk Management The Law of Contract Basic insurance Principles The insurance Market in South Africa Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS) Legal and Taxation Principles Legal Framework Insurance Environment QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231, MAN 233, MAN 235, MAN 234 IST310 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 30 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Practiacls p.w. 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorials; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - LONG TERM INSURANCE Generic module name LONG TERM INSURANCE AND RETIREMENT FUNDS Alpha-numeric code IST310 Credit Value 15 Semester 1 Programmes in which the BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin module is offered. Level 7 Students should be able to demonstrate 123

125 (a) an understanding of: Risk and Insurance Legal Framework of Retirement Funds Different types of Retirement Funds and associated risks Defined Benefit and contribution Funds The FAIS Act and its implications Legal and Taxation Principles Life Insurance Product Analyses b) an ability to perform basic insurance risk analysis Main Content Retirement Funds Risk an Insurance Different types of Retirement Funds Group Benefits Life Insurance QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231, MAN 233, MAN 235, MAN 234 IST 309 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 3 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) School of Business and Finance Finance Division Finance Research and Communication Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication Alpha-numeric Code FRC311 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Semester 1 (not offered in 2013) Programmes in which the module is B.Com.(Finance) offered Level 7 Year Level 3 The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to: 1. Explain the finance research process 2. Formulate research questions and identify research objectives. 3. Design a simple finance research project 4. Conduct a literature review on a finance topic. 5. Produce a basic seminar paper 6. Conduct professional oral and written communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology Main Content 1. Basic Research processes in finance. 2. Research topics in investment and corporate finance. 3. Prepare a finance research proposal 4. Basic computational research techniques. 124

126 5. Research analysis and presentation. 6. Professional oral and written communications, including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing Pre-requisite modules MAN235 and MAN234 Co-requisite modules MAN305 Prohibited module Combination MAN314 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 20 Seminar Paper 43 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and Exam (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Generic module name FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN312 Credit Value 15 Semester 2 Programmes in which the module is offered. BCom. (Gen), BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom. (Law), BCom. (Evenings), BAdmin. Level 7 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: Use finance related analytical techniques Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise Determine project and enterprise risk Analyse Fixed Income securities and shares and shares Evaluate project feasibility Main Content Time value of money. Determination of cost of capital, return on equity. Determination of bond and share prices. Risk and return Dividend policy Growth theory Evaluation of leasing MAN 234, MAN 235; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 305 (40%) MAN 305 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, project, assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) 125

127 Economics Module Descriptors First Year - BCom, BCom (Law) and BCom (Acc) students registering for the first time in 2009 will register for ECO 134 in the 2 nd semester - Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS, Education or Law Faculties are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB) in the 1 st semester before completing ECO 134 in the 2 nd semester - The module descriptor for Introduction to the Economy and Business is listed under the School of Business and Finance and the Academic Development Department. NB: 1. ECO 331 : Compulsory module 2. ECO 332 : Compulsory module 3. ECO 311: Required if student intends doing Honours in Economics Module Name ECO 121: Microeconomics I Economics Module Code ECO121 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Module Level 5 ECO Upon completion of this course learners should be in a position to: Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Understand the foundational concepts of micro-economic principles and its application. Main Content Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations. Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets. Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical Workshops) Module Name ECO 122 Macroeconomics Economics Module Code ECO122 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Module Level 5 ECO Upon completion of this course learners should be in a 126

128 position to: Understand the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles and its application Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis Main Content The economic problem and the circular flow The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices and the banking system; Inflation and economic growth / development; The simple Keynesian model Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical Workshops) Faculty EMS School of Government Introduction to Local Economic Development Generic Module Name Introduction to Local Economic Development Alpha-numeric Code LED111 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second semester Programmes in which the module will be offered BEcon Level 7 Year Level 1 The learner should be able to: Define Local Economic Development Explain the different local economic development activities and strategies. Describe the basic approaches, techniques and practices of local economic development. Main Content An overview of the following topics will be introduced to guide the learner towards the more in-depth studies during the degree: Introduction to Economic development, economic development players, local economic development Profiling a local economy LED strategic planning LED Marketing and attraction Business retention and expansion Entrepreneurial and small business development Managing economic development organisations 127

129 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 33 Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks ECONOMICS PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Generic module name PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO133(Full-time and Part-time) ECO134 (Full-time only) Credit Value 15 Semester (ECO133: 1 st semester and ECO134: 2 nd semester) Programme in which the module is offered B.Com, B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human Resource Management), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Management), B.Com (Acc), B.Com (Acc Extended), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 5 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Define the foundational concepts of economic principles and their application. Main Content The economic problem Mathematical tools graphs and statistics Elementary theory of demand and supply Elasticity of demand and supply Markets in action Circular flow of economic activity Measuring GDP, economic growth and inflation Measuring employment and unemployment Money, inflation and the business cycle QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students subject to availability) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 0 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 74 Tutorials p/w 1 Other: Worksheets 10 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Tests; Tutorials) Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code ECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS ECO

130 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the module will be offered B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial Accounting) Level 5 Upon completion of this module students should be able to: Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles. Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data. Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis relevant to Macroeconomics. Main Content The economic problem and the circular flow. The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign. Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices and the banking system. Inflation and economic growth / development. The simple Keynesian model. Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment. Monetary and fiscal policy Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students subject to availability) Prohibited module Combination ECO133/134 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 27 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 100 Method of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). ECONOMICS MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO142 Level 5 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module will be offered B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial Accounting) Upon completion of this module students should be able to: Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis relevant to Economics. Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of micro-economic principles. Main Content Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations. Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets. 129

131 Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; nonlinear quadratic equations. Pre-requisite modules QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students subject to availability) Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination ECO133/134 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p/w 3 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p/w 1 Tests & examinations: 15 Self-study: 27 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). Second Year Level Module Name ECONOMETRICS Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO211 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance) will be offered Year Level 2 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts and principles of econometrics Capture and process economic data for econometric analysis Apply econometric skills to analyse and interpret elementary economic data Main Content Econometric theory and methodology Correlation coefficient; bivariate regressions Ordinary least squares and hypothesis testing Using Excel to generate descriptive statistics and OLS regressions Using E-Views for plotting graphs, doing econometric calculations, and running bivariate and multivariate regressions ECO121 or ECO141 or ECO135 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p/week 2 Assignments and tasks: 10 Practicals p/week Tests & examinations: 15 Tutorials 1 Self-study:

132 Practicals (technical workshops): 0 Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) Assessment Module Type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). ECONOMICS MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO231 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application. Analyse and interpret graphs. Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Main Content Consumer behaviour Production theory Costing production Profit maximization Dropping assumption of perfect competition Sales maximization 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO142 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 20 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 31 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS Generic Module name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO232 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module 131

133 Programmes in which the module is offered. Level 6 B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Apply macro-economic theory Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic issues. Main Content National Income Components of GDP Goods and Financial Markets IS-LM model and AD-AS model Unemployment and Inflation 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p/w 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p/w 1 Self-study: 31 Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS LABOUR ECONOMICS Generic Module name LABOUR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO233 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com is offered. (Human Resource Management), B.Com (Management), B.Admin Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Define and apply the basic concepts of labour economics (e.g. economically active population, labour force participation rate). Apply the microeconomic tools to analyse labour market outcomes (levels of wages and employment). Define important issues such as labour productivity and unit labour costs. Discuss the impact of unions on wages, productivity and unit labour costs. Analyse and interpret the unemployment situation in South 132

134 Africa. Main Content Labour demand and supply in competitive and noncompetitive markets Wages and productivity in South Africa The economics of wages and collective bargaining Unemployment in South Africa Human Capital and the demand for skilled labour Labour market inequalities and discrimination. 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO142 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 20 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 31 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic Module Name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO234 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Management), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr) Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Identify and discuss the composition of the public sector in South Africa Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government in an economy Identify the challenges facing the South African government Explain the basic principles of expenditure- and tax theory and be able to apply these Explain the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary process) in South Africa. Main Content Composition of public sector in South Africa Views on role of government Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods; externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic instability; etc.) Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in South Africa 133

135 Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency Taxation in South Africa Fiscal policy and the national budget 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO142 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p/week 2 Assignments and tasks: 20 Practicals p/week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 1 Self-study: 31 Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS Module description INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS Generic module name INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO235 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance) is offered. Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Apply Mathematical skills to solve intermediate economic problems (solving consumption equilibrium, production equilibrium, IS-LM equilibrium, AD-AS equilibrium, etc.) Discuss introductory Statistical and Econometric theories, and apply the skills to derive relationships between economic variables (relationship between consumption and income, unemployment and inflation, etc.) Apply Excel skills to solve statistical and econometric problems, as well as to plot different types of graphs (line chart, column chart, XY scatter plot, etc.) Main Content Advanced differentiation techniques to solve economic problems, e.g., product rule, quotient rule, chained rule, and partial differentiation Application of mathematical skills to solve intermediate linear and non-linear economic problems, such as consumption equilibrium (budget line vs. indifference curves), production equilibrium (isocost lines vs. isoquants), IS-LM curves and AD-AS curves Introductory statistics for data analysis: Types of data, summary statistics of data (mean, variance, etc.), confidence intervals using normal distribution and t-distribution Introductory econometrics: Methodology, Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) theory, bivariate regressions vs. multivariate regressions, interval estimation and hypothesis testing 134

136 Introductory Excel skills for statistical and econometric analyses, as well as plotting different types of graphs (line chart, column chart, pie chart, XY scatter plots, etc.) 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p/week 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p/week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p/week 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 31 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS ECONOMETRICS Generic Module Name ECONOMETRICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO242 Level 6 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance) module will be offered Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts and principles of econometrics Capture and process economic data for econometric analysis Apply econometric skills to analyse and interpret elementary economic data Main Content Econometric theory and methodology Correlation coefficient; bivariate regressions Ordinary least squares and hypothesis testing Using Excel to generate descriptive statistics and OLS regressions Using E-Views for plotting graphs, doing econometric calculations, and running bivariate and multivariate regressions Pre-requisite modules 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p/w 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p/w 1 Tests & examinations:

137 Self-study: 27 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). Third Year Level The Department offers FOUR third level modules on a concurrent basis. The order of modules may change from year to year. Each module may be presented in either semester. A student doing Economics as a major subject should register for at least four third level modules including ECO331 and ECO332. ECONOMICS MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO331 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Discuss and apply general equilibrium and welfare analysis Critically analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures Analyse the firm s behaviour using game theory Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency Main Content General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis Market Structure and Competitive Strategy 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 1 (meet class every alternate week) Self-study: 68 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 7 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) Module topic Generic module name Alpha-numeric code ECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS ECO

138 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr) Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically analyse monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools Model the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment Critically evaluate the abovementioned theories of Macroeconomic Policy as applied in South Africa Main Content Fiscal and monetary policy The Phillips curve The IS-LM model The AD-AS model The Mundell-Fleming model. Government intervention in the macro-economy Macroeconomic policy in South Africa 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO232 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 75 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS Generic module name INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO335 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically evaluate the foundational concepts of international economics Critically apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade 137

139 Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of trade theory Main Content Theories of why nations trade Developments in trade theory Instruments and impact of trade policy Economic integration and cooperation International trade and the Developing countries Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO 141 and ECO 142 AND ECO231 and ECO232 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 75 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) ECONOMICS DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO336 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com is offered. (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Model the foundational concepts of development economics Critically analyse the levels and patterns of development of developing countries Critically analyse and interpret statistical data Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of development issues Main Content Determination of poverty and inequality Growth and development experiences of developing countries Agrarian change and industrialization strategies Capital Flows, debt and finance 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO

140 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 75 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) ECONOMICS Module topic ECONOMETRICS Generic module name ECONOMETRICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO311 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Define and apply the basic elements of probability and statistics Apply the tools of econometrics to analyse the relationship amongst different variables Apply the econometric models within statistical programs and interpret the results Main Content Nature and scope of Econometrics Basics of probability and statistics The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing Different functional forms of regression models Regressions on dummy explanatory variables Introduction to E-Views Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO242 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B.Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 71 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Other: Computer Lab sessions 4 Total learning time:

141 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests) ECONOMICS Module topic ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Generic module name ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO301 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Law), B.Admin module is offered. Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically analyse the link between environment, natural resources and economic theory Apply economic principles to solving environmental problems and discuss the limitations of standard microeconomic analyses to treating environmental problems Critically evaluate aspects of the free market, market failures and externalities Interpret and model the valuation of non-market environmental/public goods and services Main Content Modelling Environmental Problems Modelling the Market Process Modelling Market Failures Modelling Solutions to Environmental Problems Empirical and Practical Applications 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4 yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 and ECO234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures per week 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals per week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 0 Self-study: 75 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Presentations and Research Project) ECONOMICS Module topic PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic module name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO334 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin 140

142 Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically evaluate the main theories of how public choices are made. Discuss models which explain the growth of government expenditure. Critically analyse the economic effects of different types of taxes. Model fiscal and social policy. Analyse the key principles of fiscal federalism. Main Content Public Choice Theory Public expenditure Taxation Fiscal federalism 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures per week 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals per week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 0 Self-study: 75 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Essay; Tests) Faculty EMS School of Government Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling -Quantitative Analysis Generic Module Name Local Economic Development Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second semester Programmes in which the module will be offered BEcon Level 7 Year Level 2 After completing this module, learners should be able to: Discuss appropriate features of economic profiling. Apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level. Describe and apply different research methodologies for development information Explain fundamental development concepts Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of compiling of a development profile of a local area focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Definitions of Development Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an 141

143 economic development tool Basic Research methodologies to apply statistics Basic excel skills for development profiling Practically compiling a local development profile for a local area Pre-requisite modules Introduction to Local Economic Development Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 32 hours Total Learning Time 100 hours Method of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks Faculty EMS School of Government Investment Promotion Generic Module Name Investment Promotion Alpha-numeric Code PUB424 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module BEcon will be offered Level 8 Year Level 4 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Discuss practical skills required to be an efficient practitioner in developing policy and strategies that are useful in attracting appropriate investors into a municipality, district, metro or region. Analyze with practical skills to be used to analyze and interpret specific investor needs and behavior. Design tools that will enrich and support investor decision makers in appropriate investor related decisions. Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Investor Behavior and Psychology Processes of Foreign Direct Investment Regional Investment Promotion Economic Development and Foreign Investment Technology and Investment Investment Policy and Strategy Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 142

144 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks Faculty EMS School of Government Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms Generic Module Name Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism Alpha-numeric Code LED211 Credit Value 15 semester Proposed semester to be offered. First semester Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 After completing this module, participants should be able to: Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development. Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors public, private and civil Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks. Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs. Design and complete various sector competency templates Interpret data from sector competency templates Engage with business, business chambers and industrial support mechanisms Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development potential of a municipality, district or metro. Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as economic development tools. Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and their applicability. Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic development tools Competency templates Pre-requisite modules Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Exams and Assessments 6 hours 143

145 Selfstudy Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type 40 hours 150 hours CPA Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks Faculty EMS School of Government Managing Economic Development Organisations Generic Module Name Managing Economic Development Organisations Alpha-numeric Code PUB Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module BEcon will be offered Level 8 Year Level 4 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Define development based on the latest development concepts and practically apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level. Explain and apply different research methodologies for development information Explain fundamental development concepts Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of compiling of a development profile of a local area focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Definitions of development Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an economic development tool Research methodologies to apply statistics Basic excel skills for development profiling Practically compiling a local development profile for a local area Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks Faculty Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code EMS School of Government Public Private Partnership Public Private Partnership PUB

146 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module BEcon will be offered Level 8 Year Level 4 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of public procurement in the context of municipal fiscal and good governance. Describe the legal framework for public procurement in Local Government. Explain the role of PPP in leveraging private financing. Articulate the different phases of the PPP Project Cycle. Assess the process and the outcome of PPP Main Content Good governance Procurement in municipalities Legal framework for public procurement in municipalities Public-private partnership Public-private partnership project cycles Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks Fare Share Module Descriptors FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Generic module name COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH121 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Display a deeper understanding of communication as a vital life skill; Use communication tools for various purpose in the workplace, especially for problem solving and critical thinking; Engage in consensual communication in the workplace, ( negotiation skills); 145

147 Identify and practice different forms of writing for organizational efficiency and needs, based on cross curricular learning outcomes; Plan and design reports, Plan and design reports, project proposals, speeches and various forms of essay writing. Main Content Writing skills development Various aspects of speech communication Report and proposals writing Preparation of public speeches. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks Assessment of speech/ oral communication ability FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Alpha-numeric code FSH122 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators; Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators used to assess economic growth and development; Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level; Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths. Main Content The terms economic growth and how to measure it Human development and the indicators thereof A basic understanding of trends in SA s economic growth in general A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour, productivity and capital productivity. A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective 146

148 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Group tasks Class Tests FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11 Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11 Alpha-numeric code FSH118 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators; Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators used to assess economic growth and development; Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level; Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths. Main Content The terms economic growth and how to measure it Human development and the indicators thereof A basic understanding of trends in SA s economic growth in general A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour, productivity and capital productivity. A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Writing Assignment Group tasks Class Tests Practical assignments 147

149 FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module Description LOCAL GOVERNANCE Generic Module Name LOCAL GOVERNANCE Alpha numeric Code FSH127 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Understand, analyse and critique the relationship between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of Main outcomes citizens; Have a basic understanding of the nature of Local Government; Understand the various elements of community participation. The legal and democratic nature of Local Government The role of municipalities in community development Knowledge and application of legislative requirements for Main content community participation Various techniques of community participation The relationship between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of citizens Prohibited combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 15 Tests and Examinations: 10 Selfstudy 27 Total learning time 100 Practical assignments Assignment writing Methods of student assessment Group tasks Written tests FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT Generic module name ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH123 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Have increased knowledge and understanding about organizational development processes and procedures; Identify elements needed to develop sustainable and strong community organizations and reflect on relations of power, ethics and accountability. 148

150 Main Content A definition of Organisational Development and change theories How to do an organizational diagnosis The planning, design and implementation of OD interventions Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Practical assignments Assessment Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description RESEARCH PROJECT Generic module name RESEARCH PROJECT Alpha-numeric code FSH124 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Formulate and understand a basic research problem/ hypothesis; Have a basic understanding of the processes of conducting research; Design a research study; Conduct a basic research study to apply the findings to improve the identified problem; Write a research report which describes the different steps in the research process. Main Content An introduction to Research Different approaches/ methodologies Different techniques in data gathering The various processes of designing and conducting a research project How to write a research project Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Production of a research report, based on a research study conducted by the student. 149

151 FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description WORKPLACE LEARNING Generic module name WORKPLACE LEARNING Alpha-numeric code FSH125 Module numeric code Credit Value 40 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Through their work, display that they have acquired the knowledge and skills of the areas that they have identified and share it with a learning partner; Apply the acquired knowledge and skills towards the growth and development of their organizations and communities; Identify and engage in integrated cross-curricular learning activities. Main Content The content of the curriculum forms the basis of the workplace learning module. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 120 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 60 Total Learning Time 400 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS Generic module name TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS Alpha-numeric code FSH120 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Understand the latest developments around education, Training and Development in South Africa; Understand, critically analyse and implement Adult Learning Theories; Make choices i.t.o. content and methodology of community interventions; 150

152 Conduct learning needs assessment; Define learning outcomes; Plan, design, present and evaluate interventions like workshops, seminars and campaigns; Critically reflect on and evaluate their practices. Main Content The latest developments around Education, Training and Development in South Africa. Adult Learning Theories. Steps in the Education, Training and Development (ETD) process Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignment. Group tasks. Assignment writing. Workshop presentations. FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT Generic module name GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH126 Module numeric code Credit Value 10 semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Understand the meaning of gender and the distinction between sex and gender; Be aware of themselves as gendered beings; Understand the meaning of gender stereotyping; Understand socialization and how this impacts on gender issues; Understand women s practical and economical needs and strategic interests; Have a basic knowledge of gender polices. Understand the link between Gender and HIV/AIDS Main Content Gender Policies Gender Concepts Women and the economy Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks:

153 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Assignment writing. Group tasks. Oral assessment. Industrial Psychology General requirements: Students, who want recognition of Industrial Psychology as a major, must pass all modules. Students who wish to register for Honours must complete all Industrial Psychology modules. First Year Level: Consists of one semester module INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module topic INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE Alpha-numeric Code IPS131 (For non-ems students only) IPS132 (For EMS students only) Credit Value 15 S (2 nd semester) Module Type University Level 5 IPS131/132 introduces students to basic constructs in the field of Psychology and Industrial Psychology. Specifically, students should be able to: Explain basic psychology concepts and constructs Describe Industrial Psychology within the field of Psychology List and briefly describe the different personality theories Explain individual differences at work Briefly explain theories pertaining to Industrial Psychology Explain the background to and nature of Industrial and Oganizational Psychology Describe the basic principles of managing people and their behaviour in organizations. Main Content Schools of thought in Psychology and Industrial Psychology Individual behavioural processes Social behaviour and processes Personality in the work context Employee and organizational well-being Psychological methodologies Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time 56 hours 30 hours 56 hours 150 hours 8 hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p/week Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p/w Tests & examinations: 8 Self-study: 56 Total learning time:

154 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and assignments (continuous evaluation) 60%; Final Examination 40% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY CAREER PSYCHOLOGY Generic module name CAREER PSYCHOLOGY Alpha-numeric code IPS231 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module Bcom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 6 IPS 231 serves as an introduction to the field of career psychology. At the end of the course students should be able to: Explain the concept: Career; Discuss the evolving concept of career development. Identify and discuss relevant career development issues and its impact on both individuals and organizations; Discuss the dimensions of the Career Cycle; List and discuss the life cycle of an individual and the impact of each stage on his/her career; Discuss the various stages of career development; Identify and discuss the challenges related to each of the career development stages; Explain the role of the organization and the individual with regard to career development Main Content Understand the meaning of work Career concepts and a Career Management Model Career Choice Career Anchors Life and Career Stages Organizational Choice Changes in organizations and implications for careers Organizational Support Career Issues IPS132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 4 Tutorials p.w. 2 Practicals: 0 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOMETRICS Generic module name PSYCHOMETRICS Alpha-numeric code IPS232 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) 153

155 Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 6 After completion of this course, students should be in position to: Explain the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of psychometric tests. Describe the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to psychometric tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological assessments; Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved. Clarify and define competency-based assessment Main Content Development, nature, characteristics, application and abuses of assessment techniques and psychological tests. Legislative and ethical framework governing test administration Multimodal methods of assessment Competency-based assessment IPS132 AND BUS131 or BUS132 (BCom); OR STA141 OR 141 (BAdmin/BA.) Students must obtain a 50% pass mark in the above modules. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 34 Tutorials p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Generic module name HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IPS233 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the module B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. is offered. Level 6 IPS 233 serves as an introduction to the general field of personnel management. At the end of this course students should be able to: Recall and explain the history of human resources management Explain the major role(s) and functions of a Human Resources Department; Recognise and evaluate the importance of environmental factors impacting on the management of human resources; Apply knowledge of human resources functions in a real lifesimulated scenario; 154

156 Main Content Foundations of Human Resource Management Job analysis & job design Employee recruitment, selection & induction Internal staffing Performance appraisal & performance management Employee training, management, development & career management IPS132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w.1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation 60% Final Examination 40% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY LABOUR RELATIONS Generic module name LABOUR RELATIONS Alpha-numeric code IPS234 Credit Value 10 S Programmes in which the B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. module is offered. Level 6 IPS 234 introduces students to the field of labour relations in theory, but also to the importance of sound labour relations between employers and employees in practice, in South Africa, specifically students should be able to: Describe the environmental context of labour relations; Explain the various parties involved in labour relations and their respective roles; Discuss the importance of promoting sound labour relations in SA Main Content Labour relations theory and perspectives The history of labour relations in SA Environmental influence on labour relations Trade unions; goals, strategies and organizations Management strategy and employer organizations The role of the state, government strategies and the state as employer South African labour law Collective bargaining law Employee participation Workplace agreements and procedures The negotiation process Conciliation, arbitration and Labour Court adjudication Strikes and lock-outs IPS

157 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w.1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation 60% Final Examination 40% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Generic module name ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Numeric Code IPS331 Alpha-numeric code IPS331 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA module is offered. Level 7 At the end of the course students should be able to: Define the concepts of Organizational Behavior Trace the historical development & schools of thought. Identify and discuss the fundamental characteristics of the field. Critically discuss the theories of motivation and leadership. Discuss the basic principles of group dynamics and team work. Apply theories of Organizational Behaviour to selected cases. Explain the impact of technology on modern organizations Main Content Motivation in organizations Group Dynamics & Team Work Communication in Organizations Decision-Making in Organizations Influence, Power and Politics in Organizations Leadership in Organizations Organizational Structure & Design Technology in Organizations Managing Organizational Change Managing Organizational Change Any three of the following (3) modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233 and IPS234 Prohibited Combinations IPS131/132 PLUS 331 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40%, Continuous evaluation 60%, 156

158 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Generic module name RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Alpha-numeric code IPS333 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA module is offered. Level 7 After completion of this course students should be able to: Discuss the logic of scientific research. Handle practical problems encountered during research Plan projects to solve problems Conduct scientific research, inter alia, write a research proposal, gather relevant information, analyse data, interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions. Write a research report Main Content Different methods of acquiring knowledge The Scientific Method applied to social reality Problem formulation, hypothesis formulation Types of research design Data collection, analysis and interpretation Writing a research report Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Prohibited Combinations IPS 131/132 PLUS 331 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY ERGONOMICS Generic module name ERGONOMICS Numeric Code IPS334 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 7 On completion of this module students should be able to: Think critically about underlying ergonomic principles, theories and constructs Be proficient in applying ergonomic principles/ aspects in the design of workstations for both the able and disabled individuals Identify, analyze and evaluate ergonomic theory efficiently and effectively and recommend solutions to selected cases 157

159 Develop coherent arguments when evaluating ergonomic theory/cases and recommending solutions Main Content Explore the fundamental concepts of ergonomics Apply ergonomics in the design/improvement of products, equipment and the work environment Compare the various human technology systems and approaches Address how humans process information Identify how human performance is affected by task, machine, workspace and environment Consider the importance of anthropometric data in the design of equipment Address issues relating to workplace design (namely, environmental factors, physical factors, psychological factors, Interpersonal factors and temporal conditions of work) which influence behaviour, health and safety and impact performance and productivity Should be able to apply ergonomic knowledge to ensure that the needs of the special category of the population are provided for Be aware of how posture and movement impact on performance and productivity and contribute to injuries Develop an awareness of the special needs category of the population (namely. Gender, pregnant women and the disabled Ascertain how stress affects people and performance Address ergonomics as part of a business strategy Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Generic module name CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Alpha-numeric code IPS335 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. is offered. Level 7 At the end of the module the students will be able to: Define consumer behaviour Describe the marketing concept Describe market segmentation Explain and contrast consumer research and compile a questionnaire 158

160 Describe individual consumer related aspects Describe social and cultural consumer related aspects Describe the consumer decision-making process Explain the role of individual, social and cultural related consumer aspects in consumer decision-making Apply their knowledge of consumer behaviour in designing an advertisement Main Content Market segmentation and marketing concept Consumer research Consumer as individual: Motivation Personality Perception Learning Attitude formation and change Communication Consumer in social and cultural setting: Reference groups and family influences Social class Culture Consumer s decision-making process: Consumer influence and diffusion of innovations Decision-making and beyond Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Timetable Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practical p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Generic module name NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Alpha-numeric code IPS336 Credit Value 15 S Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 5 IPS 336 serves as an introduction to negotiation and conflict resolution within the context of labour relations in South Africa. At the end of the course students should be able to: Apply conflict handling skills and handle negotiations in a problem-solving manner. Exert certain behaviour in negotiations that is conducive to integrative bargaining. Conclude negotiations and implement agreements successfully. 159

161 Main Content The nature of conflict The nature of negotiation Competitive negotiation Alternatives to competitive negotiation Negotiation communication skills Behaviour of successful negotiators Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY TRAINING MANAGEMENT Generic module name TRAINING MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IPS337 Credit Value 15 S Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 7 At the end of the module the student will be able to: Identify international and local trends in HRD, with specific reference to ETD practices and legislation (The Skills Development Act, etc). Comprehend the need for the establishment of a culture of lifelong learning in the workplace, and the transition from a focus on training to a focus on performance improvement. Describe and provide practical guidelines for each of the phases of the training process need analysis, designing and planning, implementation and evaluation. Design a basic training programme, based on needs analysis conducted in a real work situation and taking into account all factors involved in the management of the HRD function (budgeting, administration, etc). Main Content International and local trends in human resource development The transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation The learning organization and performance management Conducting training needs analysis Practical guidelines for the design of various interventions Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting etc) Guidelines for: - technology-based learning (TBL) - Adult Basic Education and - Training (ABET) - Multi-skilling 160

162 - EE and diversity training Conducting evaluation of a learning intervention in the workplace using the most appropriate techniques, based upon an outcomes-based assessment system. Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40%, Continuous Evaluation 60% (Tests, Assignments) Information Systems Undergraduate Syllabus PLEASE NOTE: - The Department of Information Systems may decide to limit the number of students accepted into IFS second- and third year modules depending on the amount of resources available. Selection, in this event, will mainly be based on first year IFS marks. - The IFS second year, Stream 2 modules (IFS 232, IFS 234) are not offered on a part time basis, and only a limited number of students will be accepted for full-time modules. Students who wish to register for this particular stream must submit their names to the Department of Information Systems before the last day of classes of the previous academic year. Selection will be based on first year IFS marks. - IFS341, IFS342 IFS324 and IFS351 will not be offered on a part-time basis. First Year: (Fundamentals of Information Systems) INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module topic INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Code IFS131/132 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Faculty Level 5 At the end of this unit the student will: Be able to utilize personal computer technology effectively and productively. Be able to use the computer to organise and manage information at a personal level. Understand the structure, activities & dynamics of organisations Understand the role of information systems in different organisations Understand the place of the information systems department in organisations Be practiced in the workings of a typical business information system Main Content Introduction to computer hardware and software and using 161

163 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment them. Organisations & their activities and The roles that IS play in organisations Introduction to means whereby IS can improve business performance Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours (16 weeks X 3 Lecture Slots) Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 8 hours (3 x 2hr tests) Self-study: 36 hours Practical: 32 hours (16 weeks X 2 tutorial slots) Other (specify): Total learning time: 164 hours Theory tests & assignments, practical tests & assignments (60%), and examinations (40%). Second Year Stream 1: (IFS Management) INFORMATION SYSTEMS BUSINESS ANALYSIS Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric code IFS231 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER (1 st Semester) Level 6 After the course students must demonstrate: An understanding of the basic components of a business process model including activities, data flows, data stores, material flows, material stores, and external entities. The ability to develop business process models from written evidence and from interviews. The capacity to critically appraise a business process model for completeness and accuracy. An understanding of the basic components of data and entity relationship models including entities, associative entities, relationships and data specification. The ability to develop data and entity models from written evidence and from interviews. An understanding of normalization The capacity to critically appraise a data or entity relationship model for completeness and accuracy. Main Content Introduction to systems analysis Analysis and documenting of business processes Data modeling Foundations of database design B Com students (3 -year programme) IFS131 or IFS132 and QSC131/132 or MAT126 and ALC131/132 B Com students (4-year programme) and B Admin students IFS 131 or 132 and QSC 131/132 or QSF131/132 and ALC131/

164 BSc students (3year Programme) IFS131 or IFS 132 and COS 101 and COS 114 or COS 124 and EED127 and MAT 105 BSc students ( 4year Programme) IFS131 or IFS 132 and COS 101 and Intro to science (ISC 153) and MAT 151 and MAT 152 OR IFS 131 or IFS 132 and COS 101 and Physics 151 (2010) and MAT 151 and MAT 152 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IFS233 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Level 6 At the end of this module the student must: Demonstrate the ability to develop refined simple project networks. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic characteristics of work breakdown structures and have the ability to organize them, from a detailed description of project and systems requirements. Be able to check and process basic timesheet data. Demonstrate an understanding of the essential components of a periodic project report and develop such a report from the basic time sheet inputs and meeting notes. Be able to identify the component parts of a systems test Demonstrate an understanding of test scripts and an ability to prepare such from systems requirement documentation. Be able to explain and organize the implementation tasks involved in handing a system over to the users, including physical accommodation of the system, training and fault reporting. Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between project completion meetings and post-implementation reviews, and be able to plan and to report on them. Main Content Project Planning & Control Techniques for project control including network charts, specification of tasks and deliverables, and the application of time and work measurement. Problems of completing the IS development work Testing the quality of the completed system, and Handing systems over and helping with user acceptance 163

165 IFS231 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time- table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment Stream 2: (IS Development) INFORMATION SYSTEMS INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING Generic Module Name INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING Alpha-numeric code IFS232 (1 st Semester) Module numeric code IFS232 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Level 6 After the course students must demonstrate: The ability to understand and code HTML pages, and make use of CSS attributes; An understanding of the basic principles of object-oriented computer programming; The ability to design and code client-side browser applications using the Javascript language An understanding of the design and operating principles of relational databases Main Content Development of client-side browser application modules and simple databases through an object-oriented scripting approach IFS131/IFS 132 pass requirement at 60%, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric code INFORMATION SYSTEMS SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT IFS

166 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Level 6 At the end of this module the student must demonstrate: The ability to develop a software application project. An understanding of relational database theory The ability to program data objects An understanding of the relationship between software applications and data sources in the context of an information system. An understanding of the process involved in the development of a functional software application The ability to participate in and contribute functionally to the process of application design Produce the design for and a working instance of a fully functional server-side software application Main Content Database-driven application development skills The ability to participate in the design and production of a real-world server-side software application IFS232 Pass requirement, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Databases and Data Modelling Generic Module Name Databases and Data Modelling Alpha-numeric Code IFS242 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module BCom (IS) will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Understand the principles of relational and object-oriented databases Understand the role of databases in modern information systems Design relational databases of moderate complexity Abstract table structure from data requirement statements Understand the principles of primary- and foreign-key data relationships Utilise the SQL language to query databases Utilise a modern relational database management system using the data manipulation language and the data definition language 165

167 Model data relationships Main Content The theory and application of relational and object-oriented databases Data-oriented modelling theory and application Unified Modelling Language Object-oriented design principles The object-oriented development life cycle Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132, QSC132 or QSF131 or MAM126 and ALC132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Business Information Systems Generic Module Name Business Information Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFS244 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module BCom(IS) will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Understand the range, function and nature of the diversity of business information systems Understand the interrelationships between business information systems Apply Information Systems theory and principles that will improve business performance in the context of business cases and scenarios Apply key concepts of operations management and their applications in the business environment Articulate the contribution of information and the associated technologies to supporting corporate objectives, adding value and generating competitive advantage for the organisation Develop objectives and strategic plans for the development of integrated information systems within large and small organisations in the manufacturing, commercial and service sectors Understand the role of data and business intelligence in supporting management decision making 166

168 Define the digital enterprise, and identify the unique characteristics of ecommerce and ebusiness systems as they relate to the digital enterprise Main Content Management Information Systems Business intelligence Decision support systems Expert systems Electronic commerce and transaction processing systems Specialised information systems virtual reality, specialpurpose systems, artificial intelligence Pre-requisite modules IFS131/132 Co-requisite modules IFS231, IFS242 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design Generic Module Name Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design Alpha-numeric Code IFS251 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module BCom (IS) will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the history of systems development and the requirement for a new approach to systems development Demonstrate an understanding of the costs and benefits of object-oriented design techniques Demonstrate an understanding of system models and modelling Apply basic data-oriented models and modelling techniques Apply the theory of object-oriented abstraction and design Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of software objects, polymorphism and inheritance Demonstrate an understanding of the properties of objects and classes Use Unified Modelling Language to create visual object-oriented data models Apply basic object-oriented approach in software development Apply the principles of abstraction to design software objects Demonstrate an understanding of the object-oriented development life-cycle 167

169 Utilise data-oriented models and entity relationship diagrams Demonstrate an understanding of requirements modelling Write introductory level object-oriented software in a higherorder object-oriented programming language Main Content The theory and application of object-oriented design principles Applied introductory level object-oriented techniques in systems and software The object-oriented software design paradigm Systems and software modelling Unified Modelling Language The object-oriented development life-cycle Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132, QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 or MAM126 and ALC131/132. Co-requisite modules IFS242 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Applied Object-oriented Principles Generic Module Name Applied Object-oriented Principles Alpha-numeric Code IFS262 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Second Programmes in which the module BCom(IS) will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will: Design software and data objects using object-oriented principles and abstraction Utilise a modern object-oriented programming language to apply the principles of object-oriented design and programming Build coherent, non-trivial object-oriented software applications at intermediate level Utilise a modern relational database management system interface in object-oriented software applications Demonstrate applied human computer interface implementation and its user interface design techniques Main Content Modern object-oriented design and abstraction principles The syntax and application of a modern object-oriented programming language Interfacing databases with object-oriented software Human computer interface theory and application Pre-requisite modules 168

170 Co-requisite modules IFS242, IFS251 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Systems Engineering Principles Generic Module Name Systems Engineering Principles Alpha-numeric Code IFS363 Level 7 Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. First Programmes in which the module BCom(IS) will be offered Year level 3 At the end of this module the student will: Demonstrate an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of systems engineering Demonstrate an understanding of the decomposition of the system engineering process into a Systems Engineering Technical process, and a Systems Engineering Management Process Identify the relationship between the various systems engineering stages Demonstrate the incorporation of feedback into engineering processes Apply the principles of complexity management Utilise systems engineering tools Perform systems requirements analyses at an introductory level Utilise the modern systems and software testing theories and models Main Content Systems and software engineering scope Systems and software engineering process Complexity management Systems modeling Systems engineering tools Requirements analysis Systems and software testing Pre-requisite modules IFS242, IFS251 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 90 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments

171 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA INFORMATION SYSTEMS IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY Generic Module Name IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY Numeric Code IFS 361 Alpha-numeric code IFS 361 (1 st semester) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER (1 st semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom 4-year, BAdmin module is offeres Level 7 After the course students must: Understand how businesses create value and how information systems assist in value creation. Understand the principles of strategic planning as it affects information systems. Understand the different contribution that information systems can make in different strategic situations Understand the activities that contribute to good project management and the competencies that support it. Be able to work effectively (in a large organisation) in a project office, or (in a smaller organisation) in a junior project management role. Be able to critically appraise and comment on project plans prepared by others. Main Content Introduction to the possible contributions that information Systems can make in strategic planning. The key activities in computer operations The management of IT resources and IT suppliers. Introduction to the basics of project management adding to the prior second level module that deals with project control. Accepted international frameworks for project management. Pass requirement IFS233 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examination 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 B. Amended Time Table requirements per week Lectures p.w.3 Practicals p.w. 1 Tutorials p.w.1 170

172 Assessment Type e.g (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEM IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE Generic Module Name IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE Alpha-numeric code IFS362 Credit Value 30 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 At the end of the course students must demonstrate an ability to: critically appraise infrastructure plans for completeness and coherency. understand of normal computer room operations. explain service management concepts and define effective service level measures. understand modern systems architecture and its relationship and application to infrastructure Main Content The key activities in information systems operations The management of IT resources and IT suppliers. Infrastructure management. Systems architecture IFS361 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 B. Amended time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS Generic Module Name IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS Alpha-numeric code IFS352 (1 ST semester) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER Level 7 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Understand different paradigms within IS. perceive and understand how IS as a discipline forms part of a set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems. understand the origins of the information age. understand the philosophical principles of academic writing and 171

173 publishing in IFS, and be able to apply them. Understand the ethical issues raised during eh process of conducting research understand the nature and progress of scientific enquiry, and its application to IFS Have knowledge of various research methods used in IFS research. Be able to find and evaluate information critically for research purposes Be able to write a research proposal. Be able to interpret and use research output in IFS Main Content IFS from a philosophical perspective. This module is a prerequisite for the full-time Honours in IFS. Introduction to research methods in IFS. This module is a prerequisite for the Honours in IFS. Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2 nd - year IFS modules. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examination 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. Assessment 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS351 (Not offered part-time) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 Outcomes for this module will be announced before October of the previous year Main Content This module will be presented by visiting scholars and/or other specialists and might change every year in line with current issues in IS. Detail on the topics will be announced on the website and elsewhere before October of the previous year. Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement IFS131/IFS132 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study:

174 Total Learning Time 300 B. Amended time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS341 Credit Value 30 SEMESTER (1 st Semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year Main Content Information about topics in this module will be announced on Departmental website before April of each year Registered for BCom as an Information Systems Specialist and pass requirement IFS 233 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 B. Amended time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Generic Module Name DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Alpha-numeric code IFS342(1 st semester) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 At the end of this module the student must be able to: understand and apply the principles of object-oriented design for data storage and management systems explain the principles of data warehousing and the critical factors that lead to success. 173

175 refer to case studies in different business areas and explain the different motivations for investing in volume data management. transform data into business intelligence using information technology. Main Content Object-oriented data storage and management Basic concepts of data modelling Data mining foundations Data mining methods Business applications of data mining - tools and techniques that allow an organisation to manage its volume data, and to get value out of it. Transforming data into business intelligence Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2 nd year IFS Modules. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 64 Assignment & tasks: 120 Tests & Examinations: 20 Self-study: 96 Total Learning Time 300 B. Amended time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS324 (2 nd semester) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER Level 7 At the end of this module the student must: The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year Main Content Information about topics in this module will be announced on Departmental website before April of each year Registered for BCom Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time- table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals p.w Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment 174

176 Law Faculty Module Descriptors Mercantile Law Mercantile Law Mercantile Law Generic Module Name Mercantile Law 102 Alpha Numeric Code MER102 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered Second Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and B.Com module is offered Level 5 Year level 1 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL SYSTEM Introduction to study of law Aim To explain the basic structure of our legal system. Objectives Students should know the sources of law; know the South African legal system; understand the principles of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act 108 of 1996, as amended); be able to state the current principles governing delictual liability; and understand unjustified enrichment. Interpretation of statues Aim To give basic guidance on legal rules for interpreting statutes. Have a broad understanding of the Interpretation Act 33 of Objectives Students should be able to apply basic rules to solve problems; and interpret statutes. 2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE RELEVANT STATUTES IS REQUIRED General principles of the law of contract and agency Aim To establish a clear understanding of the legal principles operative in this area, especially in those aspects where conflict can often arise in practice. Objectives Students should be able to interpret the provisions of a contract on behalf of clients; and assess the liability of clients and other parties to an agency agreement. 175

177 Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring Aim To establish the principles governing trading transactions and the rights and responsibilities of parties to a contract of purchase and sale, and letting and hiring. Objectives Students should be able to determine when a valid purchase/sale has been concluded; recognise difficult situations in which the validity is questioned; and explain in practical terms the consequences of lease transactions to clients. Basic principles of Employment Contract: Students should be able to identify and interpret the essential elements of an employment contract. Objectives: Students should be able to determine if a valid employment contract was concluded determine the rights and duties of employer and employee in terms of the employment contract. Main Content B- LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED Aim An awareness of the relevant legislation as well as what the act is seeking to achieve with regard to legal principles of this area. Objective Students should be able to describe the general principles of law relating to such transactions. 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL SYSTEM Introduction to study of law Main divisions of law Common law Statute Delict, contract and unjustified enrichment The distinction between a delict and the principles of delictual liability The distinction between civil and criminal law The operation of judicial precedent as a source of law Bill of Rights (essence) 2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE RELEVANT STATUTES / COMMON LAW IS REQUIRED General principles of the law of contract and agency Contract Definition and essential elements Agreement intention to create obligations Capacity to contract Legality Physical possibility of performance 176

178 Formalities Voidable contracts Misrepresentation Duress Undue influence Error (mistake) Operation of contract Parties affected by the contract Contents of the contract Obligations arising from the contract Cession, delegation and variation of contract Termination of contract Performance agreement operation of law Breach of contract forms of breach Remedies for breach Law of agency Nature Formation Relationships of principal and agent Rights and liabilities to third parties to contracts made by agent Agents rights and liabilities to third parties Termination Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring Law of sale Introduction and definition The goods The price, effect of contracts of sale on passing of ownership Cash and credit sales The risk Duties of the seller Seller s warranty against latent defects Seller s warranty against eviction Duties of the buyer National Credit Act Usury Act Law of letting and hiring Introduction and definition Formalities The object of the contract The identity of the property to be let The rent of leases Renewal of leases Duties of the lessor The lessor s warranty against eviction Duties of the lessee Landlord s hypothec Termination of leases 177

179 Assignment and subletting Employment contract: Basic Principles Rights & Duties of Employer & Employee Impact of Constitution B- LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED Law relating to property transactions Sectional Titles Act 95 of 1986, as 5ecogni Share Block Schemes Act Alienation of Land Act, 1981 Time sharing schemes Rights of purchasers Protection of tenants Law of mortgage and pledge Parties to the mortgage or pledge Types of mortgages and pledge Effect of a mortgage or pledge Extinction of mortgages and pledges Foreclosure Tacit securities - Liens ALC131 or ALC132 Prohibited combinations A. Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Assignments & tasks: 24 Assessment: 20 Self Study 50 Total Learning Time 150 B. Amended time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w.4 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w.0 Methods of student assessment: 2 tests(both compulsory)=cam Coursework : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark Assessment module type: CAF Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Mercantile Law Mercantile Law Generic Module Name Mercantile Law 221 Alpha Numeric Code MCR221 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered First Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and B.Com module will be offered Level 6 178

180 Year level 2 Students will have acquired an understanding of the general principles, basic aspects and rules regulating the Law relating to Insolvency, Negotiable Instruments, including Electronic Payments and Transactions. In addition students will have developed an understanding of how these principles operate in practice. Main Content The Law of Insolvency which includes (inter alia) a comparison between voluntary surrender and compulsory sequestration, effect and consequence of sequestration on the insolvent, the insolvent estate and the solvent spouse, rehabilitation. The Law of Negotiable Instruments, including basic principles of cheque law and including the law relating to Electronic Payments and Transactions. MER102 Prohibited combinations A. Breakdown of learning time Hours B.Time Table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/ tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 0 Lectures pw 3 Practicals: 0 Practicals p.w 0 Assessments 5 Tutorials p.w. 0 Self Study 53 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment There will be two test opportunities during the semester of which at least one test is compulsory. Students can therefore choose which test to write and the mark for such test will constitute the student s coursework mark. Should any student opt to utilize both test opportunities, the coursework mark will be the average mark of the two tests. 1 examination Coursework mark = 50% of final mark Examination mark = 50% of final mark Assessment module type CAF Programme: Mathematical & Statistical Sciences Note: The specifications of learning time in UWC s module descriptors are subject to change according to circumstances such as timetabling and other practical considerations: the analysis of learning time therefore is purely indicative. However the overall number of notional learning hours for each module is linked to credit value and is therefore fixed. First Year Modules A first year student will have 3 contact periods per week per subject. In addition there will be 1 tutorial period per week and one practical session of 3 hours. Core Modules (15 credits per module) MAM126 Mathematics for Economic and Management Sciences Main Content: Mathematics of Finance. Differential and Integral Calculus. Applications to Managerial Sciences. (10 credit points) 179

181 : Develop Mathematical And Computational Skills Develop The Skills To Read, With Understanding Interpret Literature pertaining to Managerial Sciences that contains Mathematical Sciences. Continuous Assessment Breakdown 1 st Year of Final Mark: STATISTICS Tests Tutorials and Assignments Examination Breakdown of learning hours: STATISTICS STA111 STA121 STA125 Contact with Lecturer/Tutor Assignments and Tasks Tests and Examinations Self study Practicals Total learning hours Continuous Assessment Breakdown 2 nd Year of Final Mark: STATISTICS Tests Tutorials and Assignments Tests and Assignments Practicals Examination Breakdown of learning hours: STATISTICS STA211 STA213 STA221 STA223 Contact with Lecturer/Tutor Assignments and Tasks Tests and Examinations Self study Practicals Total learning hours Continuous Assessment Breakdown 3 rd Year of Final Mark: STATISTICS Tests Tutorials and Assignments Tests and Assignments Practicals Examination Breakdown of learning hours: STATISTICS STA311 STA313 STA321 STA323 STA322 Contact with lecturer Assignments and Tasks Tests and Examinations Self study Practicals Total learning hours

182 Statistics Syllabus MODULE 111, , , ,321, ,323 Lectures per week 3 3 Practicals per week STA121 Quantitative Methods (2 nd semester module) (15 credit points) [Entry Level Requirement: Matric Mathematics or equivalent, knowledge of STA111 or STA125] Main Content: Operations research techniques Questionnaire design and analysis Planning of surveys; basics of knowledge discovery (KDD). : To be able to recognize the importance of operations research in business understand KDD (knowledge discovery and data mining) applications obtain knowledge on questionnaire design and planning of surveys. STATISTICS BUSINESS STATISTICS Generic module name BUSINESS STATISTICS Alpha-numeric code BUS131 (offered part-time only) BUS132 (offered full-time only) Credit Value 15 S Programmes in which the B.Com.(General) module is offered. Level 5 Business Statistics introduces students to the core concepts of statistical analysis. The focus is on developing the ability to recognize business situations in which statistical analysis may be useful, and the relevant techniques and methods that apply in those situations. Emphasis is on problem solving rather than mathematical rigour. Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to demonstrate Familiarity with the principles and methods used to extract useful information from a data set. The ability to present descriptive statistical information graphically or numerically. Competence in basic statistical analysis such as the normal distribution, probability, sampling and the Central Limit Theorem; and how they relate to inferential statistics. An understanding of inferential statistical techniques and their application in business context. The use of index numbers and their application. The ability to communicate statistical findings to a layaudience in a coherent and professional report. Competent use of spreadsheets for basic statistical analysis Main Content Graphical and Numerical Descriptive Methods Basic probability theory Discrete and continuous probability distributions Statistical inference and sampling distributions Confidence Interval Estimation Hypothesis Testing 181

183 Main Content Correlation Analysis Simple Linear Regression Analysis Index numbers Time series One-way ANOVA and Chi-square Spreadsheet tools for statistical analysis QSC101; IS101 Prohibited Combinations Stats 111/131/132 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 64 Selfstudy 150 Total Learning Time 56 Methods of Student Assessment SECOND YEAR LEVEL Tests; Assignments and Tutorials: 60% Examination: 40% STA211 Distribution Theory (semester module) (20 credit points) [Pre-requisite: Mathematics 111 and 121 or Mathematics 115 or 126 and Statistics STA131 or STA132 or STA125 or Mathematics MAM111 and MAM121 and Statistics STA111 and STA121] [Co-requisite: Statistics STA213] Main Content: Definition of Statistical terms Probability theory Discrete and continuous probability distributions Moments and moment generating functions Sampling and sampling distributions. : To be able to gain insight into Probability theory discrete and continuous distributions moments and moment generating functions sampling and sampling distributions. STA221 Inference and Regression (semester module) (20 credit points) [Pre-requisite: Mathematics 111 and 121 or Mathematics 115 or 126 and Statistics STA131 or STA132 or STA125 or Mathematics MAM111 and MAM121 and Statistics STA111 and STA121; Knowledge of STA211] [Co-requisite: Statistics STA223] Main Content: Central limit theorem Transformations Point and interval estimation Hypothesis tests Regression analyses using matrices ANOVA Categorical data analyses. : To be able to perform statistical inference with the use of estimation and hypothesis tests explore linear models in more detail perform analysis of variance and categorical data analysis. 182

184 Department of Political Studies First Year Level Modules Codes: POL : Political Studies SVK : Pass requirement DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Alpha-numeric code POL131 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 5 At the end of the course the student will be able to: identify and describe the essential characteristics of politics and the state in a national and international context (e.g. authority, power, legitimacy and sovereignty) outline the development of political institutions provide the theoretical foundations for the study of international relations identify and describe key factors, issues and trends in national and international politics develop the basic techniques and knowledge necessary to pursue further study in the field of Political Science and International Relations Main Content Key features of contemporary political dynamics and state structures Key theoretical approaches to the study of international relations Political trends in national and international politics Key concepts in the fields of Political Science and International Relations, e.g. power and authority The impact of historical trends on current political structures at the national and global level Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56hrs Assignment & tasks: 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 8 hrs Self-study: 56 hrs Practicals: 0 Other (Specify) Total Learning time: 150hrs Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 50% Examination (50%) Module Name Module topic South African Politics and Government SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT 183

185 Generic module name SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code GOV 132 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 5 After completion of the module learners should be able to: Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa s transition to democracy; Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid South Africa Evaluate South Africa s position in regional and international context; Explain the interface between politics and economics in South Africa Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa Main Content South Africa s political transition from apartheid to democracy South African political parties (policies and historical foundations) Trends in South African elections since 1994 The South African political economy and its regional and global context Classification of and relationships between the legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa The composition and structure of branches of the South African government Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56hrs Assignment & tasks: 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 8 hrs Self-study: 56 hrs Practicals: Other (Specify) Total Learning time: 150hrs Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60% Examination (40%) Second Year Level Modules SVK :Pol 131 (previously 101, 111 and 112) (at least 50%) and GOV132 (previously 102, 121 and 122) (at least 40%) OR GOV132 (at least 50%) and POL131 (at least 40%) 184

186 Any four modules may be selected in consultation with the department. Political Studies Module topic Selected Themes in South African Politics Generic module name Selected Themes in South African Politics Alpha-numeric Code POL211 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type University Level 6 At the end of this module, students will be able to: Explain the impact of social categories e.g. race, class, gender, ethnicity, disability and geographic localities (e.g. urban and rural) on South Africa s constitutional democracy with respect to economic benefits Analyse the latest debates and controversies in South African politics Main Content Democracy and social categories, eg. Ethnicity, Race, Class, Gender, Disability Contemporary debates resulting from the South African State- Citizenship relationship Political-economic issues in South Africa POL131 (at least 50%) AND GOV132 (at least 40%) OR POL131 (at least 40%) AND GOV132 (at least 50%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 4 hours Self-study: 38 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Essay, tutorials, test 50% Exam counts for 50% Political Studies Module topic Comparative Area Studies Generic module name Comparative Area Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL213 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type University Level 6 At the end of this module, students will be able to: Define new concepts, such as Electoral System, Federations, Unitary States Understand methods & theoretical perspectives in the field of comparative politics; Apply them to appropriate country case studies. Main Content Comparative method in Political Studies Electoral systems e.g. majoritarian and proportional Forms of state, e.g. unitary or federal Selected case studies POL131 (at least 50%) AND GOV132 (at least 40%) OR POL131 (at 185

187 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment least 40%) AND GOV132 (at least 50%) Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 4 hours Self-study: 38 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Abstracts, draft essay, essay (50%) e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper Final Assessment (50%) e.g. Exam Political Studies Module topic Foreign Policy and Diplomacy Generic module name Foreign Policy and Diplomacy Alpha-numeric Code POL221 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Define the concepts foreign policy and diplomacy Analyze and evaluate foreign policy issues by explaining how individual, state and system level factors impact on a state s foreign policy Identify and explain economic, political and military instruments of foreign policy Analyze selected South African foreign policy issues Main Content Main definitions, concepts and approaches to foreign policy analysis and diplomacy The role of state leadership, domestic politics and a state s position and power in foreign policy-making South African foreign policy issues POL131 (at least 50%) AND GOV132 (at least 40%) OR POL131 (at least 40%) AND GOV132 (at least 50%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 4 hours Self-study: 38 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation: Class Test; Group Assignment and presentations; Academic Paper (50%), Final Assessment (50%) Political Studies Module topic RESEARCH PAPER Generic module name RESEARCH PAPER Alpha-numeric Code POL223 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type University 186

188 Level 6 At the end of this module, students should be able to: do research on a topic in the field of Political Studies selected in consultation with the department compile a bibliography of sources on the selected topic do a literature survey on the selected topic write an academic essay documenting research findings Main Content Literature survey on a selected topic Research question and hypothesis Bibliography Research findings Pol 131 (at least 50%) AND GOV 132 (at least 40%) OR Pol 131 (at least 40%) AND Gov 132 (at least 50%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment Contact with supervisor / tutor: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 4 hours Self-study: 38 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Academic essay (50%) Final assessment (50%), e.g. Written or Oral Exam * A research paper and seminar may only be taken with the permission of the department POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic POLITICAL THOUGHT Generic module name POLITICAL THOUGHT Alpha-numeric Code POL224 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type University Level 6 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe and evaluate important contemporary political theories, such as Marxism, Liberalism, Nationalism, Constructivism Compare theories with respect to relevant criteria, e.g. their view on the sources of authority and power in society Identify proponents of these theories and explain their contribution to the development of political thought Main Content selected political theories such as Marxism and Neo-Liberalism. Arguments and critique of proponents of these theories POL131 (at least 50%) AND GOV 132 (at least 40%) OR POL131 (at least 40%) AND GOV132 (at least 50%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 4 hours Self-study: 38 hours Practicals: 0 hours 187

189 Methods of Student Assessment Other (specify): 0 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Essay and tutorial work 50% Examination 50% Third Year Pass POL131, GOV132 plus three second year level credits in Political Studies. Module Name POL 311: Research Methodology Political Studies Module topic Research Methodology Generic module name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric Code POL311 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 7 At the end of this module, students will be able to: Identify and evaluate different research approaches and methods Formulate and execute a basic research project Main Content Various research approaches and methodologies Research project POL 101, POL 102, /POL131, GOV132l; and Any three from the following: POL 211, POL 213, POL 221, POL 224 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments and Tasks: 45 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 72 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Course work, Essay (50%) Examination (50%) POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic IDEOLOGY AND POLITICS Generic module name IDEOLOGY AND POLITICS Alpha-numeric code POL312 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 7 At the end of this module, students will be able to: Critically explain the nature and political functions of modern power ideologies; Compare selected ideologies, e.g. Afrikaner nationalism and black consciousness Analyse their presence in a particular regime e.g. post-colonial regimes. Main Content Political uses of ideologies in power politics and mass mobilisation. 188

190 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment Radical black thought Post-coloniality POL 101, POL 102/POL131, GOV132, and Any three from the following: POL 211, POL 213, POL 221, POL 224 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments and Tasks: 45 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 72 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 150 hours Course work, Essay (50%); Examination (50%) Political Studies Module topic RESEARCH PAPER Generic module name RESEARCH PAPER Alpha-numeric Code POL313 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 7 At the end of this module, students should be able to: do in-depth research on a topic in the field of Political Studies selected in coordination with the department formulate a research question and hypothesis compile a bibliography of sources on the selected topic do a literature survey on the selected topic employ appropriate research methodologies write an academic essay documenting research findings Main Content Literature survey on a selected topic Research question and hypothesis Bibliography Research design Research findings POL 101, POL 102, /POL131, GOV132l AND any three from the following: POL 211, POL 213, POL 221, POL 224 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28hours Time Assignments and Tasks: 45 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 72hours Practicals: Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Academic essay (50%) Assessment Final assessment (50%), e.g. Written or Oral Exam A research paper and seminar may only be taken with the permission of the department. 189

191 Political Studies Democratic Theory and Practice Democratic Theory and Practice Alpha-numeric Code POL321 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 7 At the end of this module, students will be able to: Explain and contrast different theories of democracy Identify and analyse various ideal types of democracy Analyse types of democracy as found on the African continent Critically debate issues in South African democracy, e.g. equality, good governance, minority rights etc. Main Content Theories of democracy Types of democracy Debates specifically related to African democracies POL 101, POL 102/POL131, GOV132 and any three from the following; POL 211, POL 213, POL 221, POL 224 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours Assignments and Tasks: 45 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 72 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Oral Presentation, Test and/or Essay (50%) Examination 50% POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS Generic module name INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS Alpha-numeric Code POL322 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 7 After completion the student will be able to: describe and explain the formation and nature of international institutions in terms of IR theories, e.g. regional integration and regime theory explain the origin and evaluate the purpose and shortcomings of selected international Organizations, e.g. the United Nations and the African Union. Main Content International cooperation through international institutions Regional integration and regime formation Global governance with specific reference to international organizations, such as the United Nations or the African Union POL 101, POL 102/POL131, GOV132 and any three from the following; POL 211, POL 213, POL 221, POL 224 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28hours 190

192 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments and Tasks: 45 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 72hours Practicals: Total learning time: 150 hours Continuous evaluation,: Class test; Group Assignment and presentation and/or academic paper (50%), Final Assessement (50%) Exam Public Administration First Year Level Courses The course consists of two sections School of Government: Public Administration Module topic Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and Management Generic module name Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA131 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module learners should be in a position to: Possess a comprehensive introduction to the discipline of public administration/management from its early days to the present Demonstrate an understanding of the role and scope of the activity of public administration or public management and in the context of the contemporary state Analyse the patterns of interaction between public administration at work, and other formal political institutions of the state and as well as other components of civil society Evaluate the role of public administration in the process of public policy-making Examine and evaluate the on-going changing role and scope of the state and its administration Understand and analyse the importance of the administration and/or management of public affairs and the role and functions of the public manager within this context Understand theories of local government and comprehend the structure of local government in South Africa Main Content Public Administration as a field of study Government functions and services Intergovernmental relations The relationship between governance and public management Policy implementation, impact and evaluation The role of and functions of the public manager An introduction to the composition and structure of the local sphere of government. The importance, role, functions, structures and process of the local sphere of government in South Africa 191

193 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 42 hrs Assignment & tasks: 40 hrs Tests & examinations: 10 hrs Self-study: 58 hrs Practicals: 0 Total Learning time: 150hrs Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tasks 15% Group case study 20% Tests 25% Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Generic module name SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code GOV 132 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 5 After completion of the module learners should be able to: Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa s transition to democracy; Analyse political party policies and elections in postapartheid South Africa Evaluate South Africa s position in regional and international context; Explain the interface between politics and economics in South Africa Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa Main Content South Africa s political transition from apartheid to democracy South African political parties (policies and historical foundations) Trends in South African elections since 1994 The South African political economy and its regional and global context Classification of and relationships between the legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa The composition and structure of branches of the South African government Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South 192

194 Africa Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 42 hrs Assignment & tasks: 40 hrs Tests & examinations: 10 hrs Self-study: 58 hrs Practicals: Total Learning time: 150 hrs Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60% Examination (40%) Second Year Level Courses Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the department. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Generic module name PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA211 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module learners will be able to: Explain the terminology, elements, categories, principles, criteria and methodology of human resource management. Explain the role and functions of the public manager in human resource management. Explain the nature and dynamics of the personnel provision and utilisation phases of the human resource management process. Apply the fundamentals of human resource management to public sector human resource management. Main Content Fundamentals of human resource management Human resource provisioning Human resource utilization Role of and functions of public manager in human resource management PUA 131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time HOURS Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Contact with tutor: 12 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours 193

195 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of research assignment 15% Examination 40% Module Name PUA 212: Public Policy Analysis SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS Generic module name PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric Code PUA212 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module, learners will be able to: Explain the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy. Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process. Apply public policy analysis methodologies to policy issues. Design a Policy Issue Paper which reflects the structuring of a policy issue. Main Content The identification, structuring, assessment and prioritisation of public policy issues. The design of public policy projects. The implementation of public policy projects. The control, evaluation and review of public policy projects. PUA131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 9 hours Tests & examinations: 42 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of research assignment 15% Examination which measures learning acquired through lecture attendance and self study: 40% School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Administration and Democracy Generic module name Administration and Democracy Alpha-numeric Code PUA213 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 194

196 After completion of the module students should be able to: Examine and explain contemporary issues of Public Administration with the administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state. Examine and apply various approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy to contemporary South African Public Administration. Synthesize research findings on public administration and democracy in South Africa. Main Content Contemporary issues of South African Public Administration in relation to administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state. Approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy. PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer 33 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks: 15% Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of Personal Portfolio process 15% School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Public Financial Management Generic module name Public Financial Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA221 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain the fundamentals of public sector financial management: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations; and theories of public financial management. Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government. Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget cycle. Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management. Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (e.g. auditor-general) on efficient and effective management practices in governmental organisations. Main Content Fundamentals of public financial management Socio-political realities of public financial management National budgets: features, functions & practices 195

197 Public financial accountability; internal control; auditing; intergovernmental fiscal relations; provisioning administration; public debt management; and role of and functions of public manager in financial management. PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Contact with tutor: 12 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks: 20% Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 15% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Examination: 40% School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Urban and Rural Management Generic module name Urban and Rural Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA222 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to Explain the organisational and societal significance of urbanisation processes, particularly in developing countries. Comprehend and explain the challenges urbanisation gives rise to, such as informal settlements, job creation, service delivery, etc.). Explain the challenges facing rural development in developing countries, particularly on the African continent. Comprehend contemporary management issues in urban and rural local government, particularly in developing countries. Main Content Contemporary issues of urbanisation processes: challenges of informal settlements, job creation, service delivery. Intergovernmental relations and urban functions and processes. Role of rural areas in social and political economy and approaches towards management of this sector. Appropriate forms of rural government and effective management of rural and urban development. PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Contact with tutor: 12 hours 196

198 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA223 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations. Comprehend major theories/schools of thought on organisation. Explain applicability of principles of major theories/schools of thought on organization to public administration institutions. Main Content Nature of organisation theories Formal theories of organisation: Bureaucratic model, scientific management, universal school of administration, human relations approach, decision-making approach, behavioural science approach, environmental approaches, systems and contingency theories, cybernetics; organization development and change. PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Contact with tutor: 12 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% 197

199 Practicum Third Year Level Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the Department. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Generic module name RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric Code PUA311 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations. Explain the application of analytic tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation. Apply the logic and skills needed to engage in practical research projects. Main Content The research process Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research Preparation and conceptualisation of policy studies Research designs Analysis of recommendations, research report writing and communication of research results to policymakers PUA131, GOV132; PUA 212 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of Research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic LOCAL GOVERNMENT Generic module name LOCAL GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA312 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: 198

200 Recall terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of local government administration and management. Comprehend and explain the structure of local government in South Africa and contemporary management issues in metropolitan and rural local government. Analyse and explain elements, relationships, problems and challenges facing local authorities within a framework of comparative studies of systems of local government in various countries. Main Content Aspects of citizen participation and representation Local government issues: finance; metropolitan growth; implications of industrialisation and urbanisation Comparative study of systems of local government PUA 131, GOV132, PUA 222 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions:20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examination: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Generic module name COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric Code PUA313 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of administrative systems of developed and developing nations. Explain and compare the structure and systems of administration of government of developed and developing nations. Explain the elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the systems of administration of developed and developing countries. Main Content Criteria for cross-national comparisons Comparison of structures and administrative culture; dimensions of administrative capacity; causes of chronic maladministration; comparative study of key policy issues PUA131, GOV132, PUA

201 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of Research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING Generic module name THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING Alpha-numeric Code PUA314 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall fundamentals of development planning and planning techniques: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations. Develop a practically-oriented overview of various models of development planning and major planning techniques. Develop an understanding of the field from different disciplinary perspectives. Main Content Social mobilization approaches to development Planning Human resource theories Economic growth forecasting methods Demographic-based projections Micro and macro-economic models PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% 200

202 SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA321 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain management terminology; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations; and theories of management. Explain the role, functions and skills requirements of the public manager in a public sector environment. Comprehend the utility of specific management techniques to enhance efficient and effective decision-making. Main Content Fundamentals of public sector management Roles & functions of the public manager in policymaking; planning; organising; leadership; coordination and control; evaluation, discipline and staff development Changing roles of public managers and skills required PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212, PUA221 (40%), PUA222 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric code PUA322 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles; generalisations; and models of development. Comprehend and explain the role of public administration in promoting of especially socio-economic development Apply models of development in particular development 201

203 situations. Explain problems and challenges in development administration and development crises in Third World countries. Main Content Meanings and features of development administration and models of development Entrepreneurial public administration and the promotion of developmental programmes Public administration and public enterprise Problems in development administration in the Third World PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% Module Name PUA 323- Management Systems in the Public Sector SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA323 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of management systems in the public sector. Explain application of management systems and techniques to public sector programmes. Apply relevant management techniques to particular and concrete situations within public sector programmes. Main Content The application of computerized information systems project management, systems analysis, PERT, CPM, and other systems management approaches to public sector programmes. PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222, PUA221 (40%) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 202

204 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% Module Name PUA 324- Public Enterprise Management SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT Generic module name PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code `PUA324 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of public enterprises. Understand and explain the classification, structures and management systems of public enterprises. Explain the role of public enterprises as major instruments of development planning and implementation. Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure and management of public enterprises. Main Content Examine the purposes, performance and problems of management in public enterprises and their role in terms of contribution to employment, investment and output. Role of performance of public enterprises; Financial autonomy and accountability; Coordination within government; Reform of public enterprise; Privatisation and liquidation. PUA131, GOV132, PUA 221, PUA 222 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 21 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 65 hours Practicals/contact with tutor: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% Faculty EMS School of Government Industrial Policy 203

205 Generic Module Name Industrial Policy Alpha-numeric Code NQF Credit Value 15 semester Proposed semester to be offered. First semester Programmes in which the module will be offered BEcon NQF level 7 Year Level 3 After completing this module, learners will be able to: Evaluate i) the objectives of the NIPF ii) the strategic programs of NIPF and iii) the implications of the accelerated and shared growth initiative. Explain the necessary conditions for industrialisation and ii) discuss the pre-1994 and post 1994 industrial development path of South Africa Perform a situational analysis of industrial development in South Africa by referring to aspects such as industrial strategies, financing issues, skill & education issues, impact of fiscal policy, technology & innovation, small business development and competition policy. Evaluate the recent industrial policy plan of government Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: The concept of Industrial Policy & the National Industrial Policy Framework (NIPF) Industrialisation Situational Analysis of Industrial Development Industrial & Sector Strategies Financing Issues of Industrial Policy Skills & Education Issues for Industrial Policy Industrial Regulation & Competition Policy Industrial Policy & Fiscal Policy Industrial Policy & Issues Pertaining Industrial policy action Plan Pre-requisite modules ECO 231 and ECO 232 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 51 Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks 204

2013 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2013 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences 2013 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2013. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or

More information

2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences 2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Undergraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2015. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or

More information

2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences 2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1 2015. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision

More information

2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences 2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2016. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation

More information

2015 Faculty of Education

2015 Faculty of Education 2015 Faculty of Education NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2015. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior

More information

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences. Dean: Prof S du Plessis BCom, BComHons (Stell), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (Stell) CALENDAR 2015 PART 10

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences. Dean: Prof S du Plessis BCom, BComHons (Stell), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (Stell) CALENDAR 2015 PART 10 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Dean: Prof S du Plessis BCom, BComHons (Stell), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (Stell) CALENDAR 2015 PART 10 Calendar 1. Amendments, Liability and Accuracy 1.1. In this

More information

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences. Dean: Prof S du Plessis BCom, BComHons (Stell), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (Stell) CALENDAR 2016 PART 10

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences. Dean: Prof S du Plessis BCom, BComHons (Stell), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (Stell) CALENDAR 2016 PART 10 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Dean: Prof S du Plessis BCom, BComHons (Stell), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (Stell) CALENDAR 2016 PART 10 Calendar Amendments, liability and accuracy In this publication

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION CONCERNING MASTER'S AND DOCTOR'S DEGREES IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION UNISA S NEW APPLICATION AND REGISTRATION PHASES

More information

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT & FINANCE PROGRAMMES AT THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT & FINANCE PROGRAMMES AT THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT & FINANCE PROGRAMMES AT THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE 2015 2015/2016 Table of Contents OUR PHILOSOPHY... 2 OUR VALUES... 2 PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT AND FINANCE QUALIFICATIONS

More information

B.A. Honours (Psychology) Prospectus 2015

B.A. Honours (Psychology) Prospectus 2015 UNIVERSITY of the WESTERN CAPE DEPARTMENT of PSYCHOLOGY Private Bag X 17, Bellville 7535, South Africa, Telephone: +27 21 959 2283/2453 (Departmental Secretaries) Telephone: +27 21 959 3095 (Psych Honours

More information

Faculty of Management

Faculty of Management Faculty of Management POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES v DIPLOMAS INDEX POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES The University reserves the right, at any time, should circumstance dictate, to make changes to, or withdraw

More information

Economic and Management Sciences

Economic and Management Sciences innovative wide choice career focussed FACULTY OF leadership Economic and Management Sciences excellence UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES FOR 2016 FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS renewal Brief programme guide Broad degree

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNISA S NEW APPLICATION AND REGISTRATION PHASES APPLICATION PHASE First-time students at UNISA must apply for admission on the prescribed form which is to be submitted together

More information

School of Accounting. Faculty of Commerce and Administration. Innovation through diversity

School of Accounting. Faculty of Commerce and Administration. Innovation through diversity School of Accounting Faculty of Commerce and Administration Innovation through diversity 1. FOR APPLICATION FORMS AND GENERAL ENQUIRIES PLEASE WRITE TO: The Registrar North-West University Mafikeng Campus

More information

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Department of Human Resource Management. BCom (Hons) Human Resource Management (HRM)

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Department of Human Resource Management. BCom (Hons) Human Resource Management (HRM) Copyright reserved Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Department of Human Resource Management BCom (Hons) Human Resource Management (HRM) Information brochure 2015 Page 1 of 8: C:/BCom Hons HRM

More information

Faculty of Military Science. Dean: Prof MS Tshehla MSc (UL), PhD (Cape Town) CALENDAR 2015 PART 13

Faculty of Military Science. Dean: Prof MS Tshehla MSc (UL), PhD (Cape Town) CALENDAR 2015 PART 13 Faculty of Military Science Dean: Prof MS Tshehla MSc (UL), PhD (Cape Town) CALENDAR 2015 PART 13 CALENDAR 1. Amendments, liability and accuracy 1.1. In this publication any expression signifying one of

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS THE HONOURS BACHELOR'S DEGREE

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS THE HONOURS BACHELOR'S DEGREE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS THE HONOURS BACHELOR'S DEGREE For details about the general rules for admission to postgraduate studies, students should consult Part 1 of the Calendar.

More information

Department Human Resource Management

Department Human Resource Management Copyright reserved Department Human Resource Management BCom (Honours) Human Resource Management (HRM) Information brochure 2016 Page 2 of 8: 2016_BCom Information Brochure Postgraduate study in Human

More information

B.A. Honours (Psychology)

B.A. Honours (Psychology) UNIVERSITY of the WESTERN CAPE DEPARTMENT of PSYCHOLOGY Private Bag X 17, Bellville 7535, South Africa, Telephone: +27 21 959 2283/2453 (Departmental Admin Assistants) Telephone: +27 21 959 3095 (Psych

More information

Information brochure 2014

Information brochure 2014 Copyright reserved Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Department of Human Resource Management www.up.ac.za/hrm Information brochure 2014 DCom Human Resource Management (07260142) PhD in Human

More information

IoDSA Director Development Faculty 2015

IoDSA Director Development Faculty 2015 IoDSA Director Development Faculty 2015 Core Faculty Name: Adv. Annamarie van der Merwe Higher Qualifications: BIuris LLB LLM Name: Adv. Ansie Ramahlo Higher Qualifications: BIuris LLB Professional Affiliations:

More information

SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTING FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTING FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTING FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS STUDY@SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTING Why do I want to study an Accounting programme? If you have the following skills: numeracy skills; communication skills; an ability

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNISA S NEW APPLICATION AND REGISTRATION PHASES APPLICATION PHASE First-time students at UNISA must apply for admission on the prescribed form which is to be submitted together

More information

It all starts here. Economic and Management Sciences

It all starts here. Economic and Management Sciences It all starts here Economic and Management Sciences INDEMNITY Notice Study information is subject to change and is but a summary of the general fields of study. This information was compiled for introduction

More information

UNIVERSITY of the WESTERN CAPE DEPARTMENT of PSYCHOLOGY Private Bag X 17, Bellville 7535, South Africa, Telephone: +27 21 959 2283/2453 (Departmental

UNIVERSITY of the WESTERN CAPE DEPARTMENT of PSYCHOLOGY Private Bag X 17, Bellville 7535, South Africa, Telephone: +27 21 959 2283/2453 (Departmental UNIVERSITY of the WESTERN CAPE DEPARTMENT of PSYCHOLOGY Private Bag X 17, Bellville 7535, South Africa, Telephone: +27 21 959 2283/2453 (Departmental Secretaries) Telephone: +27 21 959 3712 (Honours Administrator)

More information

Curricula vitae of general management

Curricula vitae of general management Curricula vitae of general management J (Johann) Bence (54) was appointed as Head of the Currency Management Department in July 2012. He joined the Bank in 1982 and has worked in the Executive Management

More information

FACULTY RULES FACULTY OF COMMERCE

FACULTY RULES FACULTY OF COMMERCE FACULTY RULES FACULTY OF COMMERCE General Information Bachelor of Business Science The degree of Bachelor of Business Science is a four-year career-focused degree premised on the application of quantitative

More information

Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences

Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES v DIPLOMAS Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES HONOURS DEGREES Name of programme BCom Hons (Accounting) 10 BCom Hons (Accounting

More information

College of Economic and Management Sciences Certificates National Higher Certificate

College of Economic and Management Sciences Certificates National Higher Certificate s National Higher National Higher (Accountancy) - HSACC Accounting assistant; Accounting technician; Auditing assistant; Finance assistant; Internal audit technician; Junior bookkeeper Diplomas National

More information

POLICIES, ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES ADMISSION POLICY PART ONE: ADMISSION POLICY AS FROM 2009

POLICIES, ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES ADMISSION POLICY PART ONE: ADMISSION POLICY AS FROM 2009 POLICIES, ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES 1. INTRODUCTION ADMISSION POLICY PART ONE: ADMISSION POLICY AS FROM 2009 The University of the Western Cape has been at the forefront of South Africa

More information

Information Brochure for BCom Honours/Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting Sciences (07240042) and Certificate in the Theory of Accountancy (07210011)

Information Brochure for BCom Honours/Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting Sciences (07240042) and Certificate in the Theory of Accountancy (07210011) Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences CA Programme Department of Accounting 2014 Information Brochure for BCom Honours/Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting Sciences (07240042) and Certificate in the

More information

Change is progress. Faculty Economic and Management Sciences. Know it. Become one of us.

Change is progress. Faculty Economic and Management Sciences. Know it. Become one of us. Faculty Economic and Management Sciences 2015 Change is progress. Know it. Become one of us. PO Box 339, Bloemfontein, 9300 T: +27(0)51 401 9111 [email protected] www.ufs.ac.za Faculty Economic and The faculty,

More information

NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY POTCHEFSTROOM AND VAAL TRIANGLE CAMPUSES MASTER S PROGRAMMES IN INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY APPLICATION INFORMATION GUIDE

NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY POTCHEFSTROOM AND VAAL TRIANGLE CAMPUSES MASTER S PROGRAMMES IN INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY APPLICATION INFORMATION GUIDE NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY POTCHEFSTROOM AND VAAL TRIANGLE CAMPUSES MASTER S PROGRAMMES IN INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY APPLICATION INFORMATION GUIDE CONTENT: 1 Application detail 2 Concerning the application 3 Qualification

More information

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES DIPLOMAS. Faculty of Education

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES DIPLOMAS. Faculty of Education POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES DIPLOMAS Faculty of Education FACULTY OF EDUCATION INDEX POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES The University reserves the right, at any time, should circumstance dictate, to make changes

More information

UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE

UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE POSTGRADUATE CALENDAR FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES 2012 DEAN: Prof. H.J. Kroukamp Room 171 Flippie Groenewoud Building Telephone number: (051) 401-2310 E mail:

More information

TE UNDERGRADUA TION BROCHURE INFORMA

TE UNDERGRADUA TION BROCHURE INFORMA of Faculty Law ATE U D A R RE G U R H E C D O N R U NB O I T A M INFOR Faculty of Law MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN Outstanding lawyers and a sound legal system are prerequisites of any civilised society. The

More information

Our Honours Qualifications

Our Honours Qualifications Faculty of Department of industrial psychology and People Our Honours Qualifications Content Page 1. Who are we? 1 2. What is our total offering? 2 3. What is the profile of the graduates we aim to deliver?

More information

UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE

UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE POSTGRADUATE CALENDAR FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES 2011 CONTENTS DEAN: Prof. M.J. (Tienie) Crous Room 171 Flippie Groenewoud Building Telephone number: (051)

More information

NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND LABOUR RELATIONS MASTER S PROGRAMMES INFORMATION FORM

NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND LABOUR RELATIONS MASTER S PROGRAMMES INFORMATION FORM NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND LABOUR RELATIONS MASTER S PROGRAMMES INFORMATION FORM CONTENT: 1. GENERAL APPLICATION INFORMATION (Pages 2-3) 2. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MASTER S INFORMATION

More information

SCHOOL OF LANGUAGES AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES RULES

SCHOOL OF LANGUAGES AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES RULES SCHOOL OF LANGUAGES AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES RULES SLC1. DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS (TC\13 " B1 Definitions and Explanations) Discipline: Programme: Qualification: Syllabus: Compulsory ancillary module:

More information

FACULTY OF EDUCATION. DEAN: Dr Hirek Kwiatkowski MA MEd PhD Chief Adviser of Studies: Kevin Clancy MA MLitt MEd DATES OF SEMESTERS

FACULTY OF EDUCATION. DEAN: Dr Hirek Kwiatkowski MA MEd PhD Chief Adviser of Studies: Kevin Clancy MA MLitt MEd DATES OF SEMESTERS Calendar 2004-05 UNIVERSITY of GLASGOW FACULTY OF EDUCATION DEAN: Dr Hirek Kwiatkowski MA MEd PhD Chief Adviser of Studies: Kevin Clancy MA MLitt MEd DATES OF SEMESTERS Semester 1: 28th September 2004-21st

More information

NWU-MAFIKENG LEADERS. we grow. Innovation through diversity NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESITI YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT MAFIKENG CAMPUS

NWU-MAFIKENG LEADERS. we grow. Innovation through diversity NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESITI YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT MAFIKENG CAMPUS NWU-MAFIKENG we grow LEADERS Innovation through diversity NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESITI YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT MAFIKENG CAMPUS DISCLAIMER The study information and the minimum admission

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH STUDIES INFORMATION CONCERNING POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES HONOURS BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH MASTER OF PUBLIC

More information

HANDBOOK FOR 2015. FACULTY of MANAGEMENT SCIENCES. DEPARTMENT of ENTREPRENEURIAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT

HANDBOOK FOR 2015. FACULTY of MANAGEMENT SCIENCES. DEPARTMENT of ENTREPRENEURIAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK FOR 2015 FACULTY of MANAGEMENT SCIENCES DEPARTMENT of ENTREPRENEURIAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT VISION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ENTREPRENEURIAL STUDIES & MANAGEMENT To be the department of choice in

More information

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES. v DIPLOMAS

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES. v DIPLOMAS POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES v DIPLOMAS UNIVERSITY OF JOHANNESBURG INDEX FACULTIES The University reserves the right, at any time, should circumstance dictate, to make changes to, or withdraw any of

More information

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES. DEGREES v DIPLOMAS. Faculty of Education

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES. DEGREES v DIPLOMAS. Faculty of Education POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES v DIPLOMAS Faculty of Education FACULTY OF EDUCATION INDEX POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES The University reserves the right, at any time, should circumstance dictate, to make changes

More information

INFORMATION ON THE HONOURS DEGREE AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

INFORMATION ON THE HONOURS DEGREE AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION ON THE HONOURS DEGREE AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1 UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA INFORMATION ON THE HONOURS DEGREE IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN BUSINESS

More information

Faculty of Engineering, the Built Environment and Information Technology Technology for tomorrow

Faculty of Engineering, the Built Environment and Information Technology Technology for tomorrow Faculty of Engineering, the Built Environment and Information Technology If you want to be at the forefront of what s happening in engineering, construction or IT, then stick around because NMMU is where

More information

UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION, WINNEBA

UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION, WINNEBA UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION, WINNEBA UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION, WINNEBA DIVISION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS PROGRAMMES 2013/2014 ACADEMIC YEAR Applications are invited from qualified applicants for admission into the

More information

MASTERS PROGRAMME IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK: 07250022) MASTERS COURSEWORK INFORMATION

MASTERS PROGRAMME IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK: 07250022) MASTERS COURSEWORK INFORMATION DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING MANAGEMENT MASTERS PROGRAMME IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK: 07250022) MASTERS COURSEWORK INFORMATION 1. BACKGROUND The study of Marketing at postgraduate level is more than

More information

CALENDAR GRADUATE PROGRAMME IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES AS HOSTED BY THE CENTRE FOR DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT (CDS)

CALENDAR GRADUATE PROGRAMME IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES AS HOSTED BY THE CENTRE FOR DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT (CDS) UNIVERSITY OF THE FREE STATE CALENDAR GRADUATE PROGRAMME IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES AS HOSTED BY THE CENTRE FOR DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT (CDS) FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES 2009 Director: Prof. Lochner

More information

STELLENBOSCH UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

STELLENBOSCH UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT STELLENBOSCH UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT HONOURS PROGRAMMES IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT: 2015-2016 This information brochure aims to provide prospective post-graduate students who are contemplating

More information

COLLEGE OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

COLLEGE OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT COLLEGE OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Information on the new Programme Mix (PQM) to be introduced by the Department of Human Management in 2012 2 CONTENTS

More information

Information Guide. Initial Teacher Education

Information Guide. Initial Teacher Education Information Guide on Initial Teacher Education Make teaching your career of choice www.funzalushaka.doe.gov.za www.education.gov.za Make a difference... become a teacher Department of Education Sol Plaatje

More information

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Calendar 2011-12 COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES HEAD OF COLLEGE: Professor Anne Anderson Dean of Graduate Studies: Dr Ralf St Clair Dean of Learning & Teaching: Professor Tom Guthrie DATES OF SEMESTERS Semester

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS A. THE HONOURS BACHELOR'S DEGREE For details about the general rules for admission to postgraduate studies, students should consult Part 1 of the Calendar.

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH STUDIES INFORMATION CONCERNING THE DEGREES FOR THE HONOURS BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES MASTER OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND

More information

FACULTY OF EDUCATION. MEd Degree, DEd Degree, PhD (Education) Degree

FACULTY OF EDUCATION. MEd Degree, DEd Degree, PhD (Education) Degree FACULTY OF EDUCATION MEd Degree, DEd Degree, PhD (Education) Degree INFMATION F GRADUATE STUDENTS ABOUT THE MEd degree, DEd degree and PhD (Education) degree BECOME PART OF A VIBRANT RESEARCH COMMUNITY

More information

UNIVERSITY OF DAR ES SALAAM BUSINESS SCHOOL POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES

UNIVERSITY OF DAR ES SALAAM BUSINESS SCHOOL POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES UNIVERSITY OF DAR ES SALAAM BUSINESS SCHOOL POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) - FULL TIME Introduction The MBA is a programme designed with the needs of the business world

More information

Faculty of Management MCOM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2016. Information Brochure

Faculty of Management MCOM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2016. Information Brochure Faculty of Management MCOM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2016 Information Brochure UNIQUE, DYNAMIC & PRACTICE-ORIENTED MASTER S DEGREE 1. INTRODUCTION In contributing to UJ s vision to evolve into an international

More information

CONTENTS COLLEGE RULES FOR DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS... 53 UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATES... 55 Certificate in Business Administration...

CONTENTS COLLEGE RULES FOR DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS... 53 UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATES... 55 Certificate in Business Administration... CONTENTS COLLEGE RULES FOR DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS... 53 UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATES... 55 Certificate in Business Administration...55 BACHELORS DEGREES... 56 Bachel of Business Administration...56 Bachel

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH STUDIES INFORMATION CONCERNING THE DEGREES FOR THE HONOURS BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES MASTER OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND

More information

COLLEGE OF LAW AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES

COLLEGE OF LAW AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES College Rules 1 COLLEGE OF LAW AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES Handbook 01 Part 4 College Rules f Degrees and Diplomas 54 Law and Management Studies COLLEGE RULES FOR DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS The General Academic Rules

More information

Faculty of Law. Dean: Prof CS Human BMil, LLB (Stell), LLM (Unisa), LLD (Stell) CALENDAR 2013 PART 8

Faculty of Law. Dean: Prof CS Human BMil, LLB (Stell), LLM (Unisa), LLD (Stell) CALENDAR 2013 PART 8 Faculty of Law Dean: Prof CS Human BMil, LLB (Stell), LLM (Unisa), LLD (Stell) CALENDAR 2013 PART 8 Table of Contents General Information... 2 Faculty of Law... 10 1. Degrees awarded in the Faculty of

More information

FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCE

FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCE FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCE VISION Faculty of Management and Commerce is a vibrant centre of learning and innovation to build an entrepreneurial, sustainable and caring African social and economic

More information

How To Study At North West University

How To Study At North West University INFORMATION FOR PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS FOR ADMISSION TO STUDY IN 15 PLEASE READ THIS DOCUMENT CAREFULLY AND COMPLETE THE APPLICATION FORM IN FULL Dear prospective student Private Bag X46, Mmabatho South

More information

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES. DEGREES v DIPLOMAS. Faculty of Science

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES. DEGREES v DIPLOMAS. Faculty of Science POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES v DIPLOMAS Faculty of Science BACCALAUREUS TECHNOLOGIAE (BTech) Name of programme BTech (Biotechnology) 119 BTech (Food Technology) 119 BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE CUM HONORIBUS

More information

DIVISION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

DIVISION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION, WINNEBA DIVISION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS PROGRAMMES 2014/2015 ACADEMIC YEAR Applications are invited from qualified applicants for admission into the following Postgraduate programmes

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH STUDIES INFORMATION CONCERNING THE DEGREES FOR THE HONOURS BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES; MASTER OF ARTS IN HEALTH STUDIES; MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH

More information

Reproduced by Sabinet Online in terms of Government Printer s Copyright Authority No. 10505 dated 02 February 1998 BOARD NOTICE 77 OF 2015

Reproduced by Sabinet Online in terms of Government Printer s Copyright Authority No. 10505 dated 02 February 1998 BOARD NOTICE 77 OF 2015 STAATSKOERANT, 31 MAART 2015 No. 38665 107 BOARD NOTICE 77 OF 2015 FINANCIAL SERVICES BOARD FINANCIAL ADVISORY AND INTERMEDIARY SERVICES ACT, 2002 AMENDMENT OF THE NOTICE ON QUALIFICATIONS, EXPERIENCE

More information

Bursaries 2016. Bursaries for the year 2016

Bursaries 2016. Bursaries for the year 2016 Bursaries 2016 Bursaries for the year 2016 NMMU Vice-Chancellor s Scholarship NMMU Vice-Chancellor s Scholarship NMMU s Vice-Chancellor introduced a premier scholarship to attract top achievers in the

More information

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences. Dean: Prof JU de Villiers CFA, BEng, MBA (Stell), PhD (Witw) CALENDAR 2013 PART 10

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences. Dean: Prof JU de Villiers CFA, BEng, MBA (Stell), PhD (Witw) CALENDAR 2013 PART 10 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Dean: Prof JU de Villiers CFA, BEng, MBA (Stell), PhD (Witw) CALENDAR 2013 PART 10 Table of Contents FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES... 1 Alphabetical

More information

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION INTO FULL TIME AND PART-TIME POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES FOR 2013/2014 ACADEMIC SESSION

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION INTO FULL TIME AND PART-TIME POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES FOR 2013/2014 ACADEMIC SESSION 1 OBAFEMI AWOLOWO UNIVERSITY, ILE-IFE THE POSTGRADUATE COLLEGE E-mail: pgcollege @ oauife.edu.ng Postgraduate Website: http://www.oauife.edu.ng/pgcollege Online Application Website:http://apply.oaunetque.com.

More information

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

A. GENERAL INFORMATION FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND HEALTH SCIENCES STELLENBOSCH UNIVERSITY GUIDELINES FOR THE SELECTION OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY STUDENTS IN THE ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES (2015 for the 2016 intake) A. GENERAL INFORMATION

More information

Faculty of Commerce. Bachelor of Commerce Specialisation: Actuarial Science Options: Actuarial Science Quantitative Finance

Faculty of Commerce. Bachelor of Commerce Specialisation: Actuarial Science Options: Actuarial Science Quantitative Finance Faculty of Commerce UCT s Commerce degree and diploma programmes prepare you for the employment needs of the expanding world of business and professional financial services and equip you to participate

More information

GENERAL RULES FOR DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES

GENERAL RULES FOR DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES GENERAL RULES FOR DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES PART 1: RULES FOR BACHELORS DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES Basic Definitions 1. A Problem: Means lack of knowledge in understanding a particular

More information

Academic Principles and Regulations. Section A3: Definition of University Awards. August 2015

Academic Principles and Regulations. Section A3: Definition of University Awards. August 2015 Academic Principles and Regulations Section A3: Definition of University Awards August 2015 Approved June 2002; Amended June 2003, July 2004, July 2005, May 200, July 2007, May 2008, July 2009, November

More information

Faculty of Health Sciences

Faculty of Health Sciences Faculty of Health Sciences POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES DEGREES v DIPLOMAS FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE PROGRAMMES (BTech) BTech (Biomedical Technology) 55 BTech (Environmental Health)

More information

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING Calendar 2003-04 UNIVERSITY of GLASGOW FACULTY OF ENGINEERING DEAN: Professor John W Hancock BSc PHD DATES OF SEMESTERS Semester 1: 30th September 2003-23rd January 2004 Christmas Vacation: 22nd December

More information

Higher Certificate Programmes Degree Programmes Honours Programmes Postgraduate Diploma Programmes

Higher Certificate Programmes Degree Programmes Honours Programmes Postgraduate Diploma Programmes Higher Certificate Programmes Degree Programmes Honours Programmes Postgraduate Diploma Programmes www.mancosa.co.za accredited affordable accessible PROSPECTUS 2015 Have a look around Making a career

More information

Except where otherwise laid down, expressly or by necessary implication, the General Rules hold good for the individual Faculties.

Except where otherwise laid down, expressly or by necessary implication, the General Rules hold good for the individual Faculties. GENERAL ACADEMIC RULES OF THE UNIVERSITY The Council of the University in consultation with Senate determines admission and registration requirements for all degrees, diplomas and certificates. The conditions

More information

GENERAL REGULATIONS AND RULES

GENERAL REGULATIONS AND RULES GENERAL REGULATIONS AND RULES ISBN 978-1-77592-088-5 General regulations 2015 SECTION A GENERAL REGULATIONS This section contains the General Regulations (G Regulations) that apply to all faculties of

More information

DIE AFRIKAANSE PROTESTANTSE AKADEMIE NPC

DIE AFRIKAANSE PROTESTANTSE AKADEMIE NPC DIE AFRIKAANSE PROTESTANTSE AKADEMIE NPC Registration number: 2002/031756/08 Registered with the Department of Higher Education and Training as a private higher education institution under the Higher Education

More information

offers many fascinating study opportunities

offers many fascinating study opportunities 31 JuniorTukkie November 2015 Humanities: Psychology You have a passion for people. Human behaviour and what causes people to react the way they do is something that fascinates you. You are considering

More information

INFORMATION BROCHURE 2017

INFORMATION BROCHURE 2017 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (MCOM: Business Management) INFORMATION BROCHURE 2017 Introduction. Purpose of the MCom programme. Admission requirements Composition of the programme Course presentation

More information

IT'S OUR TIME!!! ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SOL PLAATJE UNIVERSITY PLANNING FOR 2016 PROGRAMMES OFFERED IN 2015

IT'S OUR TIME!!! ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SOL PLAATJE UNIVERSITY PLANNING FOR 2016 PROGRAMMES OFFERED IN 2015 IT'S OUR TIME!!! The Sol Plaatje University in Kimberley draws on the distinctive strengths and heritage of the Northern Cape, stimulating provincial and national development and has the potential to inject

More information

(i) Department of Animal Science The Department offers M.Sc. and Ph.D Programmes with specialization in:

(i) Department of Animal Science The Department offers M.Sc. and Ph.D Programmes with specialization in: AVAILABLE HIGHER DEGREE PROGRAMMES MASTER AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE PROGRAMMES (A) FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE (i) Department of Animal Science The Department offers M.Sc. and Ph.D Programmes with specialization

More information

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA. HONOURS BA AND HONOURS BSc DEGREES

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA. HONOURS BA AND HONOURS BSc DEGREES UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA INFORMATION REGARDING POSTGRADUATE STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY A HONOURS BA AND HONOURS BSc DEGREES 1 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION ON THE HONOURS BA AND HONOURS BSc DEGREES

More information

CALENDAR 2014 FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND ADMINISTRATION POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES Mafikeng Campus

CALENDAR 2014 FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND ADMINISTRATION POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES Mafikeng Campus CALENDAR 2014 FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND ADMINISTRATION POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES Mafikeng Campus i 1 ADDRESS Address all correspondence to: The Registrar North-West University Mafikeng Campus Private Bag

More information

School of Accounting Sciences Masters degree programmes for 2015

School of Accounting Sciences Masters degree programmes for 2015 School of Accounting Sciences Masters degree programmes for 2015 It all starts here MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES The School offers the following Masters degree programmes: Accountancy (more information on

More information

JOURNALISM AND MEDIA STUDIES

JOURNALISM AND MEDIA STUDIES JOURNALISM AND MEDIA STUDIES Professor and Head of School LN Strelitz, BA(Hons)(Rhodes), MA(Lond), PhD(Rhodes) Professor J Prinsloo, BA(Hons)(Durban), STDip(UCT), MA(Lond), PhD(Wits) Associate Professor

More information

CAPE TOWN BAPTIST SEMINARY

CAPE TOWN BAPTIST SEMINARY CAPE TOWN BAPTIST SEMINARY GUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS FOR PHD STUDIES: 2013/2014 In co-operation with the University of Pretoria 1. Introduction The Cape Town Baptist Seminary (in co-operation with the

More information

Transport and Supply Chain Management

Transport and Supply Chain Management FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT Developing Future-fit Leadership Transport and Supply Chain Management Dept of Transport and Supply Chain Management CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAMME 2016 Transport and Supply Chain

More information

Bachelor of Business Administration (NQF 7) (3 Years) CHE (HEQF) Accredited Qualification SAQA ID: 88921

Bachelor of Business Administration (NQF 7) (3 Years) CHE (HEQF) Accredited Qualification SAQA ID: 88921 Bachelor of Business Administration (NQF 7) (3 Years) CHE (HEQF) Accredited Qualification SAQA ID: 88921 1. 1. Bachelor of Business Administration (NQF 7) (3 Years) The PC Training & Business College (Pty)

More information

Continuing Education Programmes (CEP)

Continuing Education Programmes (CEP) Your marks can t get you into UJ? Don t despair the programmes in this booklet can help you bridge the gap between Matric and your next career move. Continuing Education Programmes (CEP) DEPARTMENT OF

More information

BCom Honours in Financial Planning

BCom Honours in Financial Planning FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES Department of Finance and Investment Management BCom Honours in Financial Planning Invest in Yourself Think FINANCE 2 Table of Contents 1. Rules of access 2 2.

More information

Faculty of health sciences. Postgraduate Programmes

Faculty of health sciences. Postgraduate Programmes Faculty of health sciences Postgraduate Programmes 2 POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES The University reserves the right, at any time, should circumstance dictate, to make changes to, or withdraw any of the opportunities

More information

BCOM HONOURS LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT

BCOM HONOURS LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT EMENT G A N A ment FM e g O a Y n T L a U FAC stics M ent i g o L s r agem onou BCom H d Supply Chain Man rt an Transpo 2016 UJ_BComHONS_LOGISTICS.indd 1 UNIVERSITY OF JOHANNESBURG TRANSPORT AND SUPPLY

More information

Calendar 2014-15 DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES AWARDED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GLASGOW SCHOOL OF ART

Calendar 2014-15 DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES AWARDED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GLASGOW SCHOOL OF ART Calendar 2014-15 DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES AWARDED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GLASGOW SCHOOL OF ART CONTENTS LIST Page Appeals by Students... 4 Introduction... 4 Degrees of Bachelor of Arts in Design,

More information

Ordinances and Regulations for Degrees and other Academic Awards, and Honorary Awards of the University

Ordinances and Regulations for Degrees and other Academic Awards, and Honorary Awards of the University Ordinances and Regulations for Degrees and other Academic Awards, and Honorary Awards of the University September 2009 1 1 Degrees, Diplomas, Certificates and other Academic Awards Ordinance The degrees

More information